JP2024018040A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine having features in setting means that can set setting values.

SOLUTION: In a state where a certain error is being generated, at least a first case or a second case exists. In the first case, after power supply is turned off, if power supply is turned on in a state where a certain operation with a setting key is performed, an error state occurs. In the second case, after power supply is turned off, if power supply is turned on in a state where the certain operation is performed, the setting values become a changeable state.

SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 41

COPYRIGHT: (C)2024,JPO&INPIT

Description

The present invention relates to a game machine represented by a pinball game machine (pachinko machine), a reel game machine (slot machine), an enclosed game machine, or a medalless slot machine.

BACKGROUND ART Conventionally, as one type of game machine such as a slot machine or a pachinko machine, there is a game machine equipped with a setting means that can set a setting value (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2005-296354

However, in conventional game machines, there is room for improvement in the setting means that allows setting values.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a game machine having a setting means that can set a setting value.

The gaming machine according to the present invention is a gaming machine equipped with a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values, and in a state where a certain error occurs, at least in the first case. In the first case, if the power is turned on with a certain operation using the setting key performed after the power is turned off, an error condition (hereinafter referred to as "second In the second case, if the power is turned on after the certain operation has been performed, the set value can be changed. (hereinafter referred to as the "second state").

According to the present invention, it is possible to realize a gaming machine characterized by a setting means that can set a setting value.

1 is a perspective view showing the appearance of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a circuit block diagram of a control unit of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. (a) is a plan view showing the arrangement of symbols on each reel of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention, and (b) is a diagram showing a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is a diagram showing the types of winning combinations (including activation combinations), symbol combinations, payouts, and activations corresponding to each winning combination. 3 is a flowchart showing the flow of main processing of a main control unit of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2 is a flowchart showing the flow of main control unit timer interrupt processing of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2 is a flowchart showing the flow of a first sub-control unit main process, a first sub-control unit command reception interrupt process, and a first sub-control unit timer interrupt process of the slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention. Flow of second sub-control unit main processing, second sub-control unit command reception interrupt processing, second sub-control unit timer interrupt processing, and second sub-control unit image control processing of a slot machine according to an embodiment of the present invention It is a flowchart which shows. FIG. 2 is a front view showing the slot machine 100 with the front door 102 open. (a) A schematic diagram (front view) of the main parts extracted and showing the notification means included in the slot machine 100. (b) A diagram showing an example of a display by the main board display 190. (c) to (e) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a door opening error occurs. (a) A diagram showing an example of error notification when a door opening error occurs. (b) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing modification example 1 of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (g) to (i) are diagrams illustrating the continuation of Modified Example 1 of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (c) are diagrams showing a second modification of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (g) to (i) are diagrams showing the continuation of Modification 2 of error notification when a hopper error occurs. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, an example of resolving a hopper error by resetting the door. (a) to (f) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, an example of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to a setting change mode. (a) to (e) are diagrams illustrating in chronological order an example of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to a setting change mode. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing modified examples of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to a setting change mode. (a) to (e) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, modified examples of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to a setting change mode. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing an example of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to a setting confirmation mode. (a) It is a diagram showing, in chronological order, an example of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to a setting confirmation mode. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing an example of a setting change operation in a normal setting change mode. (a) to (b) are diagrams showing an example of a setting change operation in a normal setting change mode in chronological order. (c) to (e) are diagrams chronologically showing an example of a setting confirmation operation in a normal setting confirmation mode. (a) to (b) are diagrams showing an example of a setting confirmation operation in a normal setting confirmation mode in chronological order. (c) to (e) are diagrams chronologically showing examples of setting change modes by operating setting keys after power is turned on; (a) to (f) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, an example of a setting change mode by operating a setting key after the power is turned on; (a) It is a diagram showing in chronological order the flow of various processes when the power is turned on while a certain error has occurred and the setting change mode is entered before the error notification. (b) is a diagram chronologically showing the flow of various processes when error notification is executed without transitioning to setting change mode after the power is turned on in a state where a certain error has occurred. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modification example 1) when a certain error remains; (g) to (j) are diagrams chronologically showing the continuation of the setting change (Modification 1) when a certain error remains. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 2) when a certain error remains; (g) to (k) are diagrams chronologically showing the continuation of setting changes (modified example 2) when a certain error remains. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 3) when a certain error remains; (g) to (i) are diagrams chronologically showing the continuation of setting changes (modified example 3) when a certain error remains. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 4) when a certain error remains; (g) to (k) are diagrams chronologically showing the continuation of setting changes (modified example 4) when a certain error remains. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 5) when a certain error remains; (g) to (j) are diagrams chronologically showing the continuation of setting changes (modified example 5) when a certain error remains. (a) to (f) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 6) when a certain error remains; (g) to (k) are diagrams chronologically showing the continuation of setting changes (modified example 6) when a certain error remains. It is a diagram showing an example of performance from normal power-on to normal game in chronological order. It is a diagram showing an example of performance in chronological order from power-on with setting change to normal game. It is a diagram showing an example of performance from power-on to normal game with setting changes in an error occurrence state. It is a diagram showing an example of performance from power-on to normal game with setting changes in an error occurrence state. It is a diagram showing an example of performance from power-on to normal game with setting changes in an error occurrence state. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating a modification of error notification in a time-series manner in an error occurrence state. FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of performance in resolving an error during setting change. FIG. 7 is an external perspective view of a slot machine 1100 and a lending machine 1700 according to a modification as viewed from the front side (player side). 11 is a circuit block diagram of a control unit of a slot machine 1100 according to a modification. FIG.

Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.

In the slot machine of this embodiment, a predetermined number of game media are inserted, and a plurality of reels each having a plurality of types of symbols start rotating when a predetermined rotation start instruction operation is received. Based on the reception of the rotation start instruction operation, the propriety of internal winning of the plurality of types of winning combinations is determined by lottery, and each of the plurality of reels individually stops rotation by receiving a predetermined rotation stop instruction operation, If the conditions determined by the winning combination based on the result of the lottery and the combination of symbols when the plurality of reels stop match the predetermined payout conditions, the game media will be paid out and the game will end; if not, the game media will be paid out. This is a game machine that plays a series of games that end without paying out.

<Overall configuration>
First, the overall configuration of the slot machine 100 will be explained using FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of the slot machine 100 viewed from the front side (player side).

A slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1 corresponds to an example of a gaming machine of the present invention, and includes a main body 101 and a front door 102 that is attached to the front of the main body 101 and can be opened and closed with respect to the main body 101. . In this specification, the state in which the front door 102 is open to the main body 101 is sometimes referred to as "door open" or "open state", and the state in which the front door 102 is closed to the main body 101 is sometimes referred to as "door open" or "open state". The closed (closed) state is sometimes called "door closed" or "closed state."

In this example, by inserting a key owned by the manager of the game parlor into the door key hole 140, the front door 102, which is locked in the closed state, can be opened. Therefore, the administrator can unlock the front door 102 (change it from the closed state to the open state), but anyone other than the administrator (for example, a player) cannot unlock the front door 102. .

On the right side of the main body 101, an optical sensor (detection means; hereinafter also referred to as "opening/closing sensor"; not shown) consisting of a light emitting part and a light receiving part is provided. A light shielding piece of a certain length provided on the front door 102 is configured to pass through the space.

The main control unit 300 monitors the states of various sensors 318 including this opening/closing sensor in main control timer interrupt processing to be described later. When the front door 102 is in the closed state and the light shielding piece of the front door 102 moves to a position where it blocks light from the light emitting part of the opening/closing sensor of the main body 101, the opening/closing sensor outputs a signal ( For example, a low level signal) is output to the main control unit 300.

On the other hand, when the front door 102 is in the open state and the light shielding piece of the front door 102 moves to a position where it does not block the light from the light emitting part of the opening/closing sensor of the main body 101, the opening/closing sensor indicates that it is in the open detection state. A signal (for example, a high level signal) is output to the main control section 300.

That is, the opening/closing sensor is a detection means capable of detecting the opening/closing state of the front door (door body) 102, and when the front door 102 is in the closed state, the detection state becomes the closed detection state and the front door 102 is in the open state. In this case, the detection state becomes the open detection state.

Note that the "detection means" according to the present invention is not limited to an optical sensor, and may be, for example, a magnetic sensor, a proximity switch, a micro switch, a Hall element, or the like. Furthermore, the detection state is not limited to one in which the open detection state and the closed detection state always switch as the door body opens and closes, and the detection state can change to the closed detection state even if the door body is in the open state. Alternatively, even if the door body is in the closed state, the detection state may be in the open detection state.

Here, the opening/closing sensor according to the present example is configured such that when a certain operation is performed, the detection state changes to the closed detection state even if the front door (door body) 102 is in the open state. Specifically, when the front door 102 is in the open state, a light shielding piece of a certain length is inserted between the light emitting part and the light receiving part of the opening/closing sensor of the main body 101 and fixed with tape etc. By blocking the light from the light emitting part of the opening/closing sensor 101, even if the front door 102 is in the open state, the detection state of the opening/closing sensor can be forced into the closed detection state.

Note that the "certain operation" according to the present invention is not limited to this example, and for example, a DIP switch that puts the open/close sensor in a closed detection state may be provided and the DIP switch may be operated as a predetermined operation. . Further, when the detection means is constituted by a magnetic sensor, the detection state of the opening/closing sensor may be changed to the closed detection state by bringing a magnet close to the opening/closing sensor.

Three reels (left reel 110, middle reel 111, and right reel 112) each having a plurality of types of symbols arranged on the outer circumferential surface (not shown) are stored in the center of the main body 101, and are rotated inside the slot machine 100. It is configured so that it can be done. These reels 110 to 112 are rotationally driven by a driving device such as a stepping motor.

In this embodiment, a suitable number of each pattern is printed on a band-like member at equal intervals, and this band-like member is attached to a predetermined circular cylindrical frame member to constitute each reel 110 to 112. When viewed from the player, approximately three symbols on the reels 110 to 112 are displayed vertically from the reel window 113, making a total of nine symbols visible. By rotating each reel 110 to 112, the combination of symbols visible to the player changes. In other words, each reel 110 to 112 functions as a display device that variably displays combinations of a plurality of types of symbols. In addition to the reel, an electronic image display device such as a liquid crystal display device can also be used as such a display device. Further, in this embodiment, three reels are provided inside the center of the slot machine 100, but the number of reels and the installation positions of the reels are not limited to this.

A reel backlight 148 (see FIG. 28, etc.) for illuminating individual symbols displayed on the reel window 113 is arranged on the back side of each reel 110 to 112. It is desirable that the backlight be shielded for each pattern so that each pattern can be illuminated evenly. In addition, inside the slot machine 100, an optical sensor (index sensor; not shown) consisting of a light emitting part and a light receiving part is provided near each reel 110 to 112, and the light emitting part of this optical sensor A light-shielding piece of a certain length provided on the reel is configured to pass between the light-receiving section and the light-receiving section. The position of the symbol on the reel in the rotational direction is determined based on the detection result of this sensor, and the reels 110 to 112 are stopped so that the desired symbol is displayed on the winning line.

The winning line display lamp 120 is a lamp that indicates the winning line 114 that becomes valid. The valid winning line 114 is determined in advance by the number of medals bet as game media. There are five winning lines 114. For example, if one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line will be valid, and if two medals are being bet, three horizontal winning lines (the upper horizontal winning line and the lower horizontal winning line) will be valid, and the medal will be When 3 coins are bet, 5 lines including the downward right winning line and the upward right winning line may be made valid as the winning lines. Note that the number of winning lines 114 is not limited to 5 lines, and for example, when one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line, the upper horizontal winning line, the lower horizontal winning line, the right horizontal winning line, The five winning lines, the downward winning line and the upward winning line to the right, may be set as valid winning lines, or the same number of winning lines may be uniformly set as valid winning lines, regardless of the number of bets.

The notification lamp 123 is, for example, a lamp that informs the player that a specific winning combination (specifically, a bonus combination) has been internally won in an internal lottery for winning combinations, which will be described later, or that a bonus game is in progress. be. The game medal insertion possible lamp 124 is a lamp for informing the player that game medals can be inserted. The replay lamp 122 notifies the player that the current game can be replayed (no need to insert medals) when the player wins a replay that is one of the winning combinations in the previous game. It's a lamp. The reel panel lamp 128 is a lamp for performance.

The bet buttons 130 to 132 are buttons for inserting a predetermined number of medals (referred to as credits) electronically stored in the slot machine 100. In this embodiment, one coin is inserted each time the bet button 130 is pressed, up to a maximum of three coins, two coins are inserted when the bet button 131 is pressed, and three coins are inserted when the bet button 132 is pressed. It has become so. Hereinafter, the bet button 132 is also referred to as the MAX bet button. In addition, the game medal insertion lamp 129 lights up a number of lamps according to the number of inserted medals, and when a specified number of medals are inserted, a game start signal indicating that the game start operation is possible. Lamp 121 lights up. Hereinafter, in this embodiment, a game in which three medals are inserted may be referred to as a "three-bet bet game," and a game in which two medals are inserted may be referred to as a "two-bet bet game."

The medal slot 141 is an slot for the player to insert medals at the time of starting a game. That is, medals can be inserted electronically using the bet buttons 130 to 132, or actual medals can be inserted (insertion operation) from the medal slot 141, and "insertion" includes both. be.

The stored medal number display 125 is a display device for displaying the number of medals electronically stored in the slot machine 100. The game information display 126 is a display for numerically displaying various internal information (for example, the number of medals paid out during a bonus game). The payout number display 127 is a display for displaying the number of medals paid out to the player as a result of winning some winning combination. In this embodiment, the stored token number display 125, the game information display 126, and the payout token number display 127 are composed of seven segment (SEG) displays. Note that the payout number display 127 of this embodiment also functions as an effect device that notifies information regarding the stop operation (for example, the order of operation of the stop buttons 137 to 139, etc.).

The start lever 135 is a lever-type switch for starting the rotation of the reels 110 to 112. That is, when a desired number of medals is inserted into the medal slot 141 or the bet buttons 130 to 132 are operated and the start lever 135 is operated, the reels 110 to 112 start rotating. The operation on the start lever 135 is called a game start operation.

The stop button unit 136 is provided with stop buttons 137 to 139. The stop buttons 137 to 139 are button-shaped push switches for individually stopping the reels 110 to 112 that have started rotating by operating the start lever 135, and are provided in association with each reel 110 to 112. . More specifically, by operating the left stop button 137, the left reel 110 can be stopped, by operating the middle stop button 138, the middle reel 111 can be stopped, and by operating the right stop button 139, the middle reel 111 can be stopped. By operating the right reel 112, it is possible to stop the right reel 112.

Hereinafter, the operations on the stop buttons 137 to 139 will be referred to as stop operations, the first stop operation will be referred to as the first stop operation, the next stop operation will be referred to as the second stop operation, the last stop operation will be referred to as the third stop operation, and the first stop operation will be referred to as the third stop operation. The reel that is the target of the operation may be referred to as a first stop reel, the reel that is the target of the second stop operation is sometimes referred to as the second stop reel, and the reel that is the target of the third stop operation is sometimes referred to as the third stop reel. Further, the order in which the stop buttons 137 to 139 are operated to stop all of the rotating reels 110 to 112 is referred to as an operation order or a pressing order. The order of operations in which the first stop reel is the left reel 110 and the stop operation is called "order of push operations" or simply "push in order", and the order of operations in which the first stop reel is the center reel 111 and the stop operation is called "order of push operations" or simply "push in order". The operation sequence in which the first stop reel is the right reel 112 as a stop operation is called the "reverse push operation order" or simply "reverse push." Note that a light emitting body may be provided inside each of the stop buttons 137 to 139, and when the stop buttons 137 to 139 can be operated, the light emitting body may be turned on to notify the player.

The medal return button 133 is a button that is pressed to remove the inserted medals when the medals are jammed. The settlement button 134 is a button for settling medals electronically stored in the slot machine 100 and bet medals, and discharging them from the medal payout port 155. The door key hole 140 is a hole into which a key for unlocking the front door 102 of the slot machine 100 is inserted. The medal payout port 155 is a payout port for paying out medals.

A decorative title panel 162 for displaying the model name, etc. is provided at the bottom of the stop button unit 136. A medal payout opening 155 and a medal receiving tray 161 are provided at the bottom of the title panel 162.

The sound hole 181 is a hole for outputting sound from a speaker provided inside the slot machine 100 to the outside. The upper lamp 142 provided on the upper part of the front door 102 and the side lamps 144 provided on the left and right parts of the front door 102 are decorative lamps for enlivening the game.

A presentation device 160 is disposed at the top of the front door 102, and a sound hole 143 is provided at the top of the presentation device 160. This production device 160 includes a shutter (shielding device) 163 consisting of two right shutters 163a and a left shutter 163b that can be opened and closed in the horizontal direction, and a liquid crystal display device 157 (not shown) disposed on the back side of the shutter 163. , effect image display device), and when the right shutter 163a and the left shutter 163b open horizontally outward in front of the liquid crystal display device 157, the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 157 is displayed in front of the slot machine 100 (on the player's side). It has a structure that appears.

The liquid crystal display device (effect image display device) 157 of this embodiment also functions as a presentation device that executes a presentation to be described later.

The effect button 192 is a button that can be operated when executing a predetermined effect. In this embodiment, based on the operation of the performance button 192, a performance suggesting the provision of a benefit may be executed.

Note that it does not need to be a liquid crystal display device, as long as it is configured to be able to display various performance images and various game information, such as a multi-segment display (7 segment display), a dot matrix display, an organic EL display, a plasma display, etc. , a reel (drum), or a display device consisting of a projector and a screen. Further, the display screen has a rectangular shape, and is configured so that the entirety can be visually recognized by the player. In the case of this embodiment, the display screen is rectangular, but may be square. Furthermore, a decoration (not shown) may be provided around the periphery of the display screen so that a part of the periphery of the display screen is hidden by the decoration, making the display screen appear oddly shaped. Although the display screen is a flat surface in this embodiment, it may be a curved surface.

<Circuit configuration of control section>
Next, the circuit configuration of the control section of the slot machine 100 will be explained using FIG. 2. Note that this figure is a circuit block diagram of the control section.

The control unit of the slot machine 100 can be roughly divided into a main control unit 300 that controls the progress of the game, and a main control unit 300 that controls the main performance according to command signals (hereinafter simply referred to as “commands”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. The second sub-control unit 500 controls various devices based on commands sent from the first sub-control unit 400.

<Main control section>
First, the main control section 300 of the slot machine 100 will be explained. The main control unit 300 is equipped with a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300, and this basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, control program data, lottery data used for internal lottery of winning combinations, stop of reels, etc. ROM 306 for storing position etc., RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, I/O 310 for controlling input/output of various devices, counter timer 312 for measuring time, number of times, etc. Equipped with WDT (watch dog timer) 314. Note that other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and RAM 308, and the same applies to the first sub-control unit 400 and second sub-control unit 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of this basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 315b as a system clock. Furthermore, when the power is turned on, the CPU 304 transmits the frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 306 to the counter timer 312, and the counter timer 312 sets the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data. An interrupt request is sent to the CPU 304 at each interrupt time. The CPU 304 uses this interrupt request as a trigger to monitor each sensor and transmit drive pulses. For example, if the clock signal output by the crystal oscillator 315b is set to 8 MHz, the frequency division value of the counter timer 312 is set to 1/256, and the frequency division data of the ROM 306 is set to 47, the reference time of the interrupt is 256 x 47 ÷ 8 MHz. =1.504ms.

The main control unit 300 includes a random number generation circuit 316 that is used as a hardware random number counter that fluctuates a number in the range of 0 to 65535 based on a clock signal input from a crystal oscillator 315a, and a random number generation circuit 316 that is activated when the power is turned on. It is equipped with a start signal output circuit 338 that outputs a signal (reset signal), and when the start signal is input from this start signal output circuit 338, the CPU 304 starts game control (main processing of the main control section described later). ).

In addition, the main control unit 300 includes a sensor circuit 320, and the CPU 304 detects various sensors 318 (bet button 130 sensor, bet button 131 sensor, bet button 132 sensor, medal input from the medal slot 141) at each interrupt time. A medal reception sensor for medals, a start lever 135 sensor, a stop button 137 sensor, a stop button 138 sensor, a stop button 139 sensor, a payment button 134 sensor, a medal payout sensor for medals paid out from the medal payout device 180, an index sensor for the reel 110, The state of the reel 111 index sensor, reel 112 index sensor, performance button 192 sensor, etc.) is monitored.

Note that when the sensor circuit 320 detects the H level of the start lever sensor, it outputs a signal indicating this detection to the random value generation circuit 316. The random number generation circuit 316 that receives this signal latches the value at that timing and stores it in a register that stores the random number used for the lottery.

Two medal reception sensors are installed in the internal passage of the medal slot 141, and detect whether or not a medal has passed. Two start lever 135 sensors are installed inside the start lever 135 and detect a start operation by a player. A stop button 137 sensor, a stop button 138 sensor, and a stop button 139 sensor are installed on each of the stop buttons 137 to 139, and detect the operation of the stop button by the player.

The bet button 130 sensor, the bet button 131 sensor, and the bet button 132 sensor are installed in each of the medal insertion buttons 130 to 132, and insert medals electronically stored in the RAM 308 as medals to be inserted into the game. Detect input operation in case. The payment button 134 sensor is provided on the payment button 134. When the settlement button 134 is pressed once, the electronically stored medals are settled. The medal payout sensor is a sensor for detecting medals paid out by the medal payout device 180. Note that each of the above sensors may be a non-contact type sensor or a contact type sensor.

The index sensor of reel 110, the index sensor of reel 111, and the index sensor of reel 112 are installed at predetermined positions on the mounting base of each reel 110 to 112, and each time the light shielding piece provided on the reel frame passes, become the level. When the CPU 304 detects this signal, it determines that the reel has rotated once, and resets the rotational position information of the reel to zero.

The main control unit 300 includes a drive circuit 322 that drives the stepping motors provided on the reels 110 to 112, a drive circuit 324 that drives a solenoid provided on the medal selector 170 that sorts the inserted medals, and a drive circuit 324 that drives the solenoids provided on the medal payout device 180. A drive circuit 326 that drives the motor, and various lamps 336 (winning line display lamp 120, game medal insertion possible lamp 124, replay lamp 122, game medal insertion lamp 129, game start lamp 121, stored number of coins display 125, game information A drive circuit 328 is provided for driving the display 126 and the payout number display 127).

Further, an information output circuit 334 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 connects a slot to an information input circuit 652 provided in an external hall computer (not shown) or the like via this information output circuit 334. Outputs gaming information (for example, gaming status) of the machine 100. The main control unit 300 also includes a voltage monitoring circuit 330 that monitors the voltage value of the power supply that is supplied to the main control unit 1300. In this embodiment, if the voltage is less than 9 V), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has decreased is output to the basic circuit 302.

Further, the main control section 300 is provided with an output interface for transmitting commands to the first sub-control section 400, and enables communication with the first sub-control section 400. Note that information communication between the main control section 300 and the first sub-control section 400 is one-way communication, and the main control section 300 can send signals such as commands to the first sub-control section 400; Signals such as commands cannot be sent from the unit 400 to the main control unit 300.

<Sub-control unit>
Next, the first sub-control unit 400 of the slot machine 100 will be explained. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that receives control commands transmitted by the main control unit 300 via an input interface and controls the entire first sub-control unit 400 based on the control commands. There is. This basic circuit 402 is equipped with a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 410 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time, number of times, etc. are doing. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. The first sub-control unit 400 also has a ROM 406 that stores control programs and data for controlling the entire first sub-control unit 400, backlight lighting patterns, data for controlling various indicators, etc. It is set up.

The CPU 404 transmits frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 406 to the counter timer 412 via the data bus at a predetermined timing. The counter timer 412 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data, and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 404 at each interrupt time. The CPU 404 controls each IC and each circuit based on the timing of this interrupt request.

Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is provided with a sound source IC 418, and speakers 272 and 277 are connected to the sound source IC 418 via an output interface. The sound source IC 418 controls audio output from the amplifier and speakers 272 and 277 in accordance with commands from the CPU 404. The sound source IC 418 is connected to an S-ROM (sound ROM) in which audio data is stored, and the audio data acquired from this ROM is amplified by an amplifier and output from the speakers 272 and 277.

The first sub-control unit 400 is also provided with a drive circuit 422, and the drive circuit 422 is connected to various lamps 420 (upper lamp, lower lamp, side lamp 144, title panel 162 lamp, notification lamp) via an input/output interface. 123 etc.) are connected.

Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is provided with a drive circuit 424 that drives the shutter 163, and the shutter 163 is connected to the drive circuit 424 via an output interface. This drive circuit 424 outputs a drive signal to a stepping motor (not shown) provided in the shutter 163 in response to a command from the CPU 404.

Further, the first sub-control unit 400 is provided with a sensor circuit 426, and a shutter sensor 428 is connected to the sensor circuit 426 via an input interface. The CPU 404 monitors the state of the shutter sensor 428 at every interrupt time.

Further, the CPU 404 transmits and receives signals to and from the second sub-control unit 500 via the output interface. The second sub-control unit 500 of the slot machine 100 controls the liquid crystal display device 157 and the like.

Next, the second sub-control unit 500 of the slot machine 100 will be explained. The second sub-control unit 500 receives the control command transmitted by the first sub-control unit 400 via the input interface, and operates a basic circuit 502 that controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on this control command. This basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, an I/O 510 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter for measuring time, number of times, etc. It is equipped with a timer 512. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined period output from the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock. Further, the second sub-control unit 500 is provided with a ROM 506 in which control programs and data for controlling the entire second sub-control unit 500, data for image display, etc. are stored.

The CPU 504 transmits frequency division data stored in a predetermined area of the ROM 506 to the counter timer 512 via the data bus at a predetermined timing. The counter timer 512 determines the interrupt time based on the received frequency division data, and transmits an interrupt request to the CPU 504 at each interrupt time. The CPU 504 controls each IC and each circuit based on the timing of this interrupt request.

Further, the second sub-control unit 500 is provided with a VDP 516 (video display processor), and a ROM 506 and a VRAM 518 are connected to the VDP 516 via a bus. The VDP 516 reads image data etc. stored in the ROM 506 based on a signal from the CPU 504, generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 518, and displays the image on the effect image display device 157.

<Design arrangement>
The symbol arrangement on each of the reels 110 to 112 described above will be explained using FIG. 3(a). Note that this figure is a plan view showing the arrangement of symbols on each reel (left reel 110, middle reel 111, right reel 112).

On each reel 110 to 112, a predetermined number of symbols (in this embodiment, 21 symbols with numbers 0 to 20) of a plurality of types (eight types in this embodiment) shown on the right side of the figure are arranged. Further, the numbers 0 to 20 shown at the left end of the figure are numbers indicating the arrangement positions of the symbols on each reel 110 to 112. For example, in this embodiment, the number 1 piece on the left reel 110 has a “Replay” symbol, the number 0 piece on the middle reel 111 has a “Bell” symbol, and the number 2 piece on the right reel 112 has a “Bell” symbol. "Watermelon" designs are placed on each page.

<Type of winning role>
Next, the types of winning combinations of the slot machine 100 will be explained using FIG. 3(b). The figure shows the types of winning combinations (including activation combinations), the symbol combinations corresponding to each winning combination, and the activation or payout of each winning combination. Among the winning combinations in this embodiment, the big bonus (BB1, BB2) and the regular bonus (RB) are used as bonus combinations that transfer to bonus games, and replays are played without inserting new medals. The winning roles that can be played are sometimes called "operating roles" to be distinguished from the winning roles, but the "winning roles" in this embodiment include the operating roles, such as the big bonus, regular bonus, and re-playing role. is included. In addition, "winning" in this embodiment includes the case where a symbol combination of an active role that does not involve a payout of medals (does not involve a payout of medals) is displayed on the active line, such as a big bonus, a regular Includes bonuses and replay wins.

The winning combinations of the slot machine 100 include a big bonus (BB1, BB2), a regular bonus (RB), a small winning combination (cherry, watermelon, bell), and a replay. It goes without saying that the types of winning combinations are not limited to these, and can be arbitrarily adopted.

"Big Bonus (BB1, BB2)" (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "BB") is a special winning combination (activation winning combination) that starts a big bonus game (BB game) upon winning. The corresponding symbol combinations are "BB1 symbol (also called white 7) - BB1 symbol - BB1 symbol" for BB1, and "BB2 symbol (also called blue 7) - BB2 symbol - BB2 symbol" for BB2. Furthermore, flag carryover is performed for BB1 and BB2. In other words, if BB1 or BB2 is internally won, a flag indicating this will be set (stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300), but even if BB1 or BB2 is not won in that game, the winning will not be possible. The flag indicating internal winning will remain on until the next game, and even after the next game, BB1 and BB2 will be internally won, and the symbol combination "White 7-White 7-White 7" corresponding to BB1 and the symbol corresponding to BB2 will remain on. The combination "Blue 7-Blue 7-Blue 7" is in a state where they all win prizes.

"Regular Bonus (RB)" (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as "RB") is a special combination (operating combination) that starts a regular bonus game (RB game) upon winning. The corresponding symbol combination is "RB symbol (also referred to as bonus) - RB symbol - RB symbol". Note that flag carryover is also carried out for RB in the same way as for BB described above. However, in the big bonus game (BB game), the start of the big bonus game is not subject to the internal winning of the regular bonus game (RB game) or the display of the symbol combination on the winning line. The regular bonus game may be started later, and when one regular bonus game ends, the next regular bonus game may be started immediately, so that the regular bonus game is automatically started.

``Small winning combinations (cherry, watermelon, bell) (hereinafter sometimes simply referred to as ``cherry,'' ``watermelon,'' and ``bell'') are winning combinations in which a predetermined number of medals are paid out upon winning, and the corresponding symbols The combinations are "cherry pattern - ANY pattern - ANY pattern" for cherry, "watermelon pattern - watermelon pattern - watermelon pattern" for watermelon, and "bell pattern - bell pattern - bell pattern" for bell. The corresponding payout numbers are as shown in the same figure, and are 4 for cherries, 12 for watermelons, and 8 for bells. In the case of "cherry symbol - ANY symbol - ANY symbol", the symbol on the left reel 110 only needs to be the "cherry" symbol, and the symbols on the middle reel 111 and right reel 112 may be any symbol.

"Replay" is a winning combination (activation combination) that allows you to play the next game without inserting medals (game media) by winning a prize, and no medals are paid out. Note that the corresponding symbol combination for replay is "replay symbol-replay symbol-replay symbol."

Here, we will outline the internal winning probability of winning combinations.

The internal winning probability for each role is calculated by converting numerical data corresponding to the range of lottery data associated with each role to numerical data within the range of random numbers obtained during the internal lottery (65536 in this embodiment), which will be described later. It is calculated by dividing the value by . The lottery data is divided in advance into several numerical ranges, and each numerical range is associated with each win or loss. In the winning combination internal lottery process to be described later, it is determined whether the random number value obtained as a result of executing the internal lottery is a value corresponding to the lottery data corresponding to any combination, and the internal winning combination is determined. In reality, this lottery data has settings 1 to 6 with different winning probabilities for at least one role, and game parlor staff can arbitrarily select and set any of the settings. .

In this embodiment, watermelon and cherry are each won internally in the winning combination internal lottery process, and when the operation timing of the stop operation is suitable. Hereinafter, watermelon and cherry will also be referred to as chance roles. In addition, Bell wins when the winning combination is internally won in the winning combination internal lottery process and the stopping operations are performed in the correct stopping operation order. Hereinafter, Bell will also be referred to as Oshiunyaku.

The AT state is a gaming state in which information (details of a stop operation) that is advantageous to the player is notified when a chance winning combination or a pushing success winning combination is internally won. In the AT state, the effect image display device 157 and the payout number display device 127 are used to execute an operation navigation that notifies you of the details of the stop operation that will help you win a prize. Specifically, if the push winning combination is internally won in the AT state, the stop operation order is announced, and if the chance combination is internally won in the AT state, the stop operation timing (indication of the internally won combination) is notified. Since the operation navigation is executed, the player can easily win a predetermined small winning combination by following the stop operation details of the operation navigation. In other words, the AT state is a state in which a large profit is given to the player by the operation navigation.

On the other hand, the normal state is a state in which the operation navigation is not executed even if a chance winning combination or a pushing success winning combination is internally won.

In this embodiment, if the AT lottery is won in the normal state, the AT state is entered. In the AT lottery, for example, the propriety of winning may be determined based on the results of an internal lottery for winning combinations. Furthermore, in this embodiment, when the number of games played in the normal state after the end of the AT state reaches a predetermined threshold (hereinafter referred to as the number of ceiling games), the AT state is entered. That is, if the player wins the AT lottery in the normal state or if the number of games played in the normal state reaches the ceiling number of games, the player shifts to the AT state and is given a predetermined number of AT games. In addition, in the AT state, an AT additional lottery for adding the number of AT games is performed, and if the AT additional lottery is won, a predetermined number of AT games is added. On the other hand, in the AT state, when the allotted number of AT games is played out, the AT state ends and the state shifts to the normal state.

<Operation of slot machine>
Next, the processing of the main control section 300, the first sub-control section 400, and the second sub-control section 500 will be explained using the drawings.

<Main control unit main processing>
First, the main control section main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control section 300 will be explained using FIG. Note that this figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main processing by the main control section.

When the slot machine 100 is powered on, first, in step S101, various initial setting processes are performed. In this initial setting, the stack initial value is set to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, interrupts are disabled, the I/O 310 is initialized, various variables are initialized to be stored in the RAM 308, and the WDT 314 is enabled and initialized. Configure values, etc.

In step S102, a medal insertion/start operation reception process is executed. Here, it is determined by detection by the sensor circuit 320 whether there is an electronic medal insertion operation using the bet buttons 130 to 132 or a direct medal insertion operation from the medal insertion slot 141. turns on the winning line display lamp 120 according to the number of medals inserted. Also, preparations are made to transmit a medal insertion command indicating that medals have been inserted to the first sub-control unit 400. Note that if the player wins a replay combination in the previous game, the process of inserting the same number of medals as the number of medals inserted in the previous game is performed, so there is no need for the player to insert medals.

Further, a check is made as to whether or not the start lever 135 has been operated based on the detection by the sensor circuit 320, and if it is determined that the start lever 135 has been operated, the number of medals inserted is determined, and the first sub-control unit 400 is In response, preparations are made to send a start lever acceptance command indicating that the start lever 135 has been operated.

In step S103, valid winning lines are determined.

In step S104, a random number generated by the random number generation circuit 316 is obtained.

In step S105, an internal lottery process for winning combinations is performed. In the internal lottery process for winning combinations, the winning combination lottery table stored in the ROM 306 is read out according to the current gaming state, and an internal lottery is performed using this and the random number value acquired in step S104. As a result of the internal lottery, if any winning combination (including an activation combination) is internally won, the condition device (flag) of the internally won combination is activated (the flag of that winning combination is turned ON). Further, in this step S105, preparations are made to transmit an internal winning command indicating the result of the winning internal lottery to the first sub-control unit 400. For example, if a watermelon is internally won, preparations are made to send an internal winning command indicating that a watermelon has been internally won to the first sub-control unit 400, and the result of the internal lottery for the winning combination is a loss (the winning combination is not the winning combination). (non-winning), preparations are made to transmit an internal winning command indicating a loss to the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S106, reel stop data is selected based on the results of the winning combination internal lottery in step S105. Regarding the reel stop data of winning combinations in which the stop operation order is questioned, the operation conditions are also set, and when the reel stop data corresponding to these is selected, the operation conditions are also set.

In step S107, reel rotation start processing is executed to start rotation of all reels 110 to 112 based on the start operation.

In step S108, reel stop control processing is performed. In the reel stop control process, stop buttons 137 to 139 can be accepted, and when any stop button is pressed, the stop data of the reel stop data is sent to stop the reel corresponding to the pressed stop button. Referring to this, any one of the reels 110 to 112 is stopped according to the number of drawn frames set in the stop data. If all the reels 110 to 112 have stopped, the process advances to step S109. In addition, in this step S108, for each stop operation, a stop button reception command related to the stop button 137 to 139 that has been stopped (in detail, for the first stop operation, a stop button reception 1 command, a second stop operation (for the stop button reception 2 command, for the third stop operation, the stop button reception 3 command) is prepared to be sent to the first sub-control unit 400, and for the stop of each reel, the reel Reel stop command regarding the stop position (in detail, for the first stop reel, reel stop 1 command, for the second stop operation, reel stop 2 command, for the third stop operation, reel stop command) 3 command) to the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S109, winning determination processing is performed. In the winning determination process, a winning determination is made for the symbols that stopped when the stop buttons 137 to 139 were pressed, and if a symbol combination corresponding to any winning combination is displayed on the activated winning line 114, the winning combination is determined. It is determined that the role has been won. For example, if "watermelon symbol - watermelon symbol - watermelon symbol" are aligned on the activated winning line, it is determined that the watermelon prize has been won. Further, in this step S109, preparations are made to transmit a display determination command indicating the result of winning determination to the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S110, medal payout processing is performed. In the medal payout process, if a winning combination has been won, the number of medals corresponding to the winning combination will be paid out. Further, in step S110, preparations are made to transmit a medal payout command indicating the number of medals to be paid out to the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S111, a game state control process is performed. In this gaming state control process, control for shifting the gaming state is performed, and for example, in the case of a BB win, preparations are made so that the BB game can be started from the next time. Further, in this step S111, preparations are made to transmit a gaming status command indicating the gaming status to the first sub-control unit 400.

With the above, one game ends. Thereafter, the game progresses by returning to step S102 and repeating the above-described process. The various commands prepared in each of the above steps are transmitted in the command setting transmission process (step S206 in FIG. 5) of the main control unit timer interrupt process, which will be described later.

<Main control unit timer interrupt processing>
Next, the main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described using FIG. Note that this figure is a flowchart showing the flow of main control section timer interrupt processing.

The main control unit 300 includes a counter timer 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined period (approximately once every 2 ms in this embodiment). Start processing at a predetermined cycle.

In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In this timer interrupt start processing, processing for temporarily saving the values of each register of the CPU 304 in the stack area is performed.

In step S202, the WDT 314 is periodically (maintained) so that the count value of the WDT 314 does not exceed the initial setting value (32.8 ms in this embodiment) and a WDT interrupt occurs (so that an abnormality in processing is not detected). In the embodiment, the restart is performed (once every 2 ms, which is the cycle of the main control unit timer interrupt).

In step S203, input port status update processing is performed. In this input port status update process, the detection signals of the sensor circuits 320 of the various sensors 318 are input through the input ports of the I/O 310, the presence or absence of the detection signals is monitored, and the RAM 308 is partitioned for each type of sensor 318. The signal state is stored in the provided signal state storage area.

In step S204, various game processes are executed, and processes according to the interrupt status are executed.

In step S205, timer update processing is performed. More specifically, various timers are updated in respective time units.

In step S206, a command setting transmission process is performed, and various commands that have been prepared for transmission are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. In the first sub-control unit 400, depending on the command type included in the received output schedule information, it becomes possible to determine performance control according to changes in game control in the main control unit 300, and also to determine the performance control according to the change in game control in the main control unit 300. Based on the information of the command data, it becomes possible to determine the content of production control.

In step S207, external output signal setting processing is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is outputted to the information input circuit 652 separate from the slot machine 100 via the information output circuit 334.

In step S208, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, first, in step S203, the signal states of the various sensors 318 stored in the signal state storage area are read out, and the presence or absence of errors related to medal insertion abnormalities, medal payout abnormalities, etc. is monitored, and if an error is detected, (Illustration omitted) Executes error handling. Furthermore, settings are made for the medal selector 170 (a medal blocker operated by a solenoid provided in the medal selector 170), various lamps 339, and various 7-segment (SEG) indicators according to the current gaming state.

In step S209, it is monitored whether the low voltage signal is on. Then, if the low voltage signal is on (when power cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S211, and if the low voltage signal is off (when power cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S210.

In step S210, various processes for terminating the timer interrupt termination process are performed. In this timer interrupt termination process, the values of each register temporarily saved in step S201 are set to the original registers. Thereafter, the process returns to the main control section main processing shown in FIG.

On the other hand, in step S211, specific variables and stack pointers for returning to the state at power outage upon power restoration are saved to a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as recovery data, and power outage processing such as initialization of input/output ports is performed. After that, the process returns to the main control section main processing shown in FIG.

<Processing of the first sub-control unit>
Next, the processing of the first sub-control unit 400 will be explained using FIG. 6. Note that FIG. 6A is a flowchart of the main processing executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. FIG. 6B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing by the first sub-control unit 400. FIG. 6(c) is a flowchart of timer interrupt processing by the first sub-control unit 400.

First, the main processing of the first sub-control unit 400 will be explained using FIG. 6(a).

When the power is turned on, initialization processing is first executed in step S301. In this initialization process, initialization of input/output ports, initialization of the storage area in the RAM 408, etc. are performed. Through this process, an area for storing internal winning information, which is information representing the result of internal winning, and an area for storing RT update information, which is information representing the gaming state, are provided in the RAM 408, respectively.

In step S302, it is determined whether the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process moves to step S303. In step S303, 0 is assigned to the timer variable. In step S304, command processing, which is processing corresponding to each command received from the main control unit 300, is executed.

In step S305, effect control processing (details will be described later) is performed. Here, preparations for the performance are made in accordance with the performance reservation information in the performance reservation area provided in the RAM 408. This preparation includes, for example, performing processing such as reading the effect data from the ROM 406, and performing an update process of the effect data if it is necessary to update the effect data.

In step S306, sound control processing is performed based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if there is a command to the sound source IC 418 in the performance data read in step S305, this command is output to the sound source IC 418.

In step S307, lamp control processing is performed based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if there is a command for the various lamps 420 in the performance data read in step S305, this command is output to the drive circuit 422.

In step S308, shutter control processing is performed based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if the effect data read in step S305 includes a command for the shutter 163, this command is output to the drive circuit 424.

In step S309, information output processing is performed to perform settings for transmitting a command to the second sub-control unit 500 based on the processing result of step S305. For example, if there is a command to be sent to the second sub-control unit 500 in the effect data read out in step S305, settings are made to output this control command, and the process returns to step S302.

Next, the command reception interrupt processing of the first sub-control unit 400 will be explained using FIG. 6(b). This command reception interrupt process is a process that is executed when the first sub-control unit 400 detects a strobe signal output from the main control unit 300. In step S401 of the command reception interrupt process, the command output by the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

Next, the first sub-control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 will be described using FIG. 6(c). The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined period (once every 2 ms in this embodiment), and uses this timer interrupt as a trigger to perform timer interrupt processing in a predetermined manner. Execute at the cycle of

In step S501, 1 is added to the value in the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S302 in the first sub-control unit main processing shown in FIG. 6A, and the value is stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S302, it is determined that the value of the timer variable is 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10).

In step S502, the command is sent to the second sub-control unit 500 set in step S309, and the random value for effect is updated.

<Processing of second sub-control unit>
Next, the processing of the second sub-control unit 500 will be described using FIG. 7. Note that FIG. 7A is a flowchart of the main processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub-control unit 500. FIG. 7B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing by the second sub-control unit 500. FIG. 7C is a flowchart of timer interrupt processing by the second sub-control unit 500. FIG. 7D is a flowchart of the image control process of the second sub-control unit 500.

First, in step S3001 of FIG. 7(a), various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, initialization processing is first performed in step S601. In this initialization process, initialization of input/output ports, initialization of the storage area in the RAM 508, initialization of the storage area in the VRAM 518, etc. are performed.

In step S602, it is determined whether the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10. When the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process moves to step S603.

In step S603, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

In step S604, command processing is performed. In command processing, the CPU 504 of the second sub-control unit 500 determines each command received from the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 .

In step S605, production control processing is performed. Specifically, if there is a new command in step S604, processing corresponding to this command is performed. For example, a process of reading out effect data for controlling an image related to a background image from the ROM 506 is executed. It also includes performing processes such as reading out performance data other than this from the ROM 506, and performing update processing of the performance data when it is necessary to update the performance data.

In step S606, image control processing (described in detail later) is performed based on the processing result of step S605. For example, if there is an image control command in the effect data read in step S605, image control corresponding to this command is performed. For example, image control regarding display images (notification images, background images) is performed. When this image control process ends, the process returns to step S602.

Next, the command reception interrupt processing of the second sub-control unit 500 will be explained using FIG. 7(b). This command reception interrupt process is a process that is executed when the second sub-control unit 500 detects a strobe signal output by the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S701 of the command reception interrupt process, the command output by the first sub-control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 508.

Next, the second sub-control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub-control unit 500 will be described using FIG. 7(c). The second sub-control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined period (once every 2 ms in this embodiment), and uses this timer interrupt as a trigger to perform timer interrupt processing in a predetermined manner. Execute at the cycle of

In step S801, 1 is added to the value in the timer variable storage area of the RAM 508 described in step S602 in the second sub-control unit main processing shown in FIG. 7A, and the value is stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S602, it is determined that the value of the timer variable is 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms×10).

In step S802, processing for updating the random number value for effect, etc. is performed.

Next, the image control process of step S4006 in the main process of the second sub-control unit 500 will be described using FIG. 7(d). This figure is a flowchart showing the flow of image control processing.

In step S901, an image data transfer instruction is issued. Here, the CPU 504 first swaps the drawing area designations of the display area A and the display area B of the VRAM 536. As a result, one frame of the image stored in the display area that is not designated as the drawing area is displayed on the effect image display device 157. Next, the CPU 504 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of ROM 506), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of VRAM 518), etc. in the attribute register of VDP 516 based on the position information table, and then transfers the image from ROM 506 to VRAM 518. Set the command to start data transfer. The VDP 516 transfers image data from the ROM 506 to the VRAM 518 based on instructions set in the attribute register. Thereafter, the VDP 516 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 504.

In step S902, it is determined whether or not a transfer end interrupt signal is input from the VDP 516. If the transfer end interrupt signal is input, the process advances to step S903; otherwise, the transfer end interrupt signal is input. wait until

In step S903, parameters are set based on the performance scenario configuration table, attribute data, and the like. Here, in order to form a display image in the display area A or B of the VRAM 518 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 518 in step S901, the CPU 504 displays information on image data constituting the display image (coordinate axes of the VRAM 518, image size , VRAM coordinates (location coordinates), transparency, etc.) to the VDP 516. The VDP 516 performs parameter settings according to attributes based on instructions stored in the attribute register.

In step S904, a drawing instruction is given. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 504 instructs the VDP 516 to start drawing an image. The VDP 516 starts drawing an image in the frame buffer according to instructions from the CPU 504.

In step S905, it is determined whether or not a generation end interrupt signal from the VDP 516 based on the end of image drawing has been input. If the generation end interrupt signal has been input, the process advances to step S906; otherwise, the generation end interrupt signal is input. Wait for input.

In step S906, a scene display counter that is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 508 and counts how many scenes of images have been generated is incremented (+1), and the process ends.

<Error notification>
Next, error notification that can be executed by the slot machine 100 will be explained.

Here, the errors that may occur in the slot machine 100 include door open error (door open error), hopper empty error, hopper error, medal insertion errors 1 to 4, medal payout errors 1 to 3, overflow error, RAM failure, Examples include prize winning abnormalities.

The door open error (door open error) is an error that notifies the opening of the door of the game machine, occurs when the front door 102 is opened, and is resolved when the front door 102 is closed.

The hopper empty error is a dispensing error related to dispensing medals, and occurs when the number of medals stored in the hopper housed inside the main body 101 falls below the specified number (for example, the medal dispensing sensor remains off for 3000 ms or more). (If the problem does not change), it can be resolved by replenishing the hopper with more than the specified number of medals. A hopper error occurs when a connection abnormality such as a disconnection is detected in the cable (wiring) connected to the hopper, and the first condition is met (in this example, the connection abnormality in the hopper cable is resolved). (in this example, when the reset button is operated or the door is reset), the second condition is satisfied.

Medal insertion error 1 (medal insertion jam) occurs when the inserted medals are stuck (for example, when the input state of the medal detection sensor does not change for more than 150ms), and the error is cleared after the cause of the error is removed. The issue is resolved when the switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted. Medal insertion abnormality 2 occurs when the number of inserted medals is equal to or greater than the specified number, and can be resolved by changing the settings or clearing the RAM.

The medal insertion error 3 occurs when either the insertion sensor 1 or the insertion sensor 2 is turned on other than during the medal insertion process, and the medal insertion error 4 occurs when the inserted medals (For example, when the medal detection sensor and proximity sensor detect an abnormal pattern). After removing the cause of the error, operate the error release switch, reset button, or door reset. will be resolved if accepted.

Medal payout abnormality 1 (medal payout jam) occurs when no medals are paid out for a certain period of time when the medal payout device is activated (for example, when the medal detection sensor continues to be on for 200ms or more after changing from on to off). The medal payout abnormality 2 occurs when medals are accumulated when the medal payout device is activated, and the medal payout abnormality 3 (unauthorized payout) occurs when either the payout sensor 1 or the payout sensor 2 is activated other than during the medal payout process. This occurs when the error is turned on, and is resolved when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted after the cause of the error is removed.

An overflow error occurs when the overflow terminal of the medal auxiliary storage is turned on, and is resolved when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted after the cause of the error is removed. A RAM failure (RWM abnormality) occurs when an abnormality is detected by checking the RAM or when the number of medals inserted at the time of reception of the start lever 135 is abnormal, and the error release switch, reset button, or The issue will be resolved if the door reset operation is accepted or by changing the settings.

A winning abnormality (winning symbol abnormality) occurs when, after the reels 110 to 112 have stopped, a winning symbol different from the winning symbol confirmed by the internal lottery is won (in the display judgment of symbol combinations, the condition device is not activated on the active line) This error occurs when a prize is won, activated, or a replay is displayed) and is resolved when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted, or by changing the settings. A backup error occurs when the backup data is abnormal or the checksum value of RAM (RWM) is abnormal when the power is turned on, and when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted. Or, it can be resolved by changing the settings.

Note that the game machine according to the present invention is not limited to slot machines, but can also be applied to pachinko machines. Errors that can occur in pachinko machines include, for example, lower tray full error, dispensing device error, overdispensing error, incorrect dispensing error, main control communication error, magnetic abnormality error, magnetic field abnormality error, frame opening error, and RAM clear error. , shock sensor error, etc. These errors are also resolved when the error release switch, reset button, or door reset operation is accepted after the cause of the error is removed.

<Error notification/main board display, etc.>
Next, prior to explaining error notification, members arranged inside the slot machine 100 (main board display, etc.) will be explained using FIG. 8.

FIG. 8 is a front view of the slot machine 100 with the front door 102 open. The main body 101 is a box that is surrounded by a top plate 261, a left side plate 260, a right side plate 260, a bottom plate 264, and a back plate 242, and has an opening at the front.

Inside the main body 101, a main control board storage case 210 that stores a main control board inside is arranged at a position that does not overlap with the ventilation hole 249 provided at the top of the back plate 242. Three reels 110 to 112 are arranged below. Further, a main board display device (main board 7 segments) 190 consisting of a 7 segment display is disposed on the main control board. The main board display 190 will be described later using FIG. 9(b), but the main board display 190 is one of the notification means that can notify information regarding the game (errors, operation status of the operation means, etc.) It is.

On the side of the main control board storage case 210 and the reels 110 to 112, that is, on the left side plate 260, a sub control board storage case 220 that stores a sub control board therein is disposed. Furthermore, an external centralized terminal board 248 is attached to the side plate 260 on the right side as viewed from the outside, which is connected to the main control board and outputs information about the slot machine 100 to an external device.

A medal payout device 180 (a device that pays out medals accumulated in a bucket) is disposed on the bottom plate 264, and a power supply board is provided above the medal payout device 180, that is, below the reels 110 to 112. A power supply device 252 is provided, and a power switch 244 is provided in front of the power supply device 252. The power supply device 252 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the slot machine 100 into DC power, converts it into a predetermined voltage, and supplies it to each control unit and each device, such as a main control unit 300, sub-control units 400, 500, etc., which will be described later. do. Furthermore, it is equipped with a power storage circuit (e.g., a capacitor) for supplying power to predetermined components (e.g., RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, etc.) for a predetermined period (e.g., 10 days) even after external power is cut off. There is.

A medal auxiliary storage 240 is provided on the right side of the medal payout device 180, and an overflow terminal is provided behind this storage (not shown). The power supply device 252 is provided with a power cord connection portion to which a power cord 264 is connected, and the power cord 264 connected here extends to the outside through a power cord hole 262 formed in the back plate 242 of the main body 101. There is.

The front door 102 is hinged to the left side plate 260 of the main body 101 via a hinge device 276, and above the symbol display window 113 is provided with a presentation device 160 and a presentation control board for controlling this presentation device 160. (not shown), and an upper speaker 272 is provided. At the bottom of the symbol display window 113, there is provided a medal selector 170 for sorting the inserted medals, a passage 266 through which the medals pass when the medal selector 170 drops illegal medals, etc. into the medal tray 161. There is. Furthermore, a bass speaker 277 is provided at a position corresponding to the sound hole 181.

<Error notification/notification means (display means)>
Next, the notification means included in the slot machine 100 will be explained using FIG. 9(a). FIG. 9(a) is a schematic diagram (front view) of the main parts of the notification means included in the slot machine 100.

The slot machine 100 includes a display means that can display information as one of the notification means. Examples of the display means included in the slot machine 100 include the liquid crystal display device (effect image display device) 157 described using FIG. 1, the payout number display 127, the stored number display 125, the game information display 126, and FIG. Examples include the main board display device 190 described using the above, and these display means are comprised of a liquid crystal display device, an LED, a segment display device, etc. in this example.

FIG. 9(b) is a diagram showing an example of a display by the main board display 190. In this example, the main board display 190 is composed of a 7-segment display, and predetermined game information is announced by lighting one, more, or all of the seven segments a to g. It is possible.

Note that the main board display 190 is not limited to a 7-segment display, and other display means such as an LED may be applied. Furthermore, it goes without saying that the game information that can be broadcast is not limited to seven types.

In this example, segment a of the main board display 190 is lit while the reset button is being operated, and segments b, c, and d are lit respectively for stop button 137 (left stop button) and stop button 138 (middle reel stop button). ), is lit when the stop button 139 (right reel stop button) is operated. Furthermore, segment e is lit when the front door 102 is open, segment f is lit when a hopper error occurs, and segment g is lit when an error that requires clearing the RAM (for example, medal insertion error 2 described above) occurs. Lights up when an occurrence occurs.

Note that the notification mode by each of the segments a to g is not limited to the lighting of the segment, but may also be such that each status is notified by blinking or extinguishing the segment. The main board display 190 may be any device that can notify information related to games, such as errors other than the exemplified errors (e.g., RAM failure), and information other than the exemplified operation information (e.g., game status, winnings, etc.). It may also be something that notifies you of the winning combination (winning combination, winning combination).

<Various notification/notification means (sound output means)>
The slot machine 100 includes a sound output means capable of outputting sound as one of the notification means. Examples of sound output means included in the slot machine 100 include the speakers 272 and 277 described using FIG. 2.

<Various notification/notification means (light emitting means)>
The slot machine 100 includes a light emitting means capable of emitting (outputting) light as one of the notification means. The light emitting means provided in the slot machine 100 includes, for example, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the reel backlight 148 of each reel 110 to 112, the production button 192, the stop buttons 137 to 139, and the start lever described using FIG. 135, etc., and in this example, all of these light emitting means are composed of LEDs.

Note that the performance button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, and start lever 135 also function as operating means that can be operated by the player. The present invention is also applicable to pachinko machines, and examples of light emitting means included in pachinko machines include frame lamps, performance buttons, accessories, and the like.

<Error notification of door opening error>
Next, error notification when a door opening error occurs will be explained. FIGS. 9(c) to 10(a) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a door opening error occurs.

The state shown in FIG. 9(c) is the state before power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

The state shown in FIG. 9(d) is a state in which an employee of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and operates the power switch disposed inside the main body 101 to turn on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open").

The state shown in FIG. 9(e) is a state in which a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial settings have been completed.

In this state, since preparations such as initial settings have been completed, the storage number display 125 and the payout number display 127 are turned on, and the normal screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, while the front door 102 Since the door continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and production button 192 output an open notification (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound ("The door is open"). The main board display 190 continues to output the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

The state shown in FIG. 10(a) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by an employee of the game parlor or the like.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound ("Door While the main board display 190 ends the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), the number of stored coins display 125 and the number of dispensed coins display 127 light up. While continuing to display the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and presentation button 192 are turned on in a presentation mode.

<Error notification of hopper error>
Next, error notification when a hopper error occurs will be explained.

FIGS. 10(b) to 11(f) are diagrams showing an example of error notification when a hopper error occurs.

The states shown in FIGS. 10(b) to 10(c) are almost the same as the states described using FIGS. 9(c) to 9(d), so their explanation will be omitted, but in this example The state shown in FIG. 10(b) differs in that a hopper error (a certain error) occurs before the power is turned on.

Here, a hopper error (certain error) occurs when a cable connection abnormality occurs due to a disconnection of the cable connected to the hopper, and the first condition is met (in this example, the hopper cable This is an error that is resolved when the second condition is satisfied (in this example, when the reset button is operated) after the connection abnormality has been resolved.

<Hopper error notification/start of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 10(d) is a state in which a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial settings have been completed.

The slot machine 100 is configured to start at least a first notification and a second notification when a hopper error (a certain error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, the error code (in this example, "E4") is displayed using the payout number display 127 (first notification means). By displaying the hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red. , performs a hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound. (voice saying "The door is open") and the main board display 190 continues to notify the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

<Error notification of hopper error/resolution of connection error → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 10(e) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is satisfied).

The slot machine 100 provides a second notification after the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190). When the first condition is met (in this example, when the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, and the first notification is continued. The second notification (hopper error notification by the main board display 190) is configured to end.

In the same state, since the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been met), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, while the second notification is continued. The notification (hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is ended.

According to this example, the first notification is continued even when a part of the cause of a certain error has been resolved, so it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved. , the second notification ends, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff of the game parlor and the like.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound. (voice saying "The door is open") and the main board display 190 continues to notify the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

<Hopper error notification/reset button operation → end first notification>
The state shown in FIG. 10(f) is a state in which the reset button is operated in order to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) (the second condition is satisfied by the first operation).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to resolve the hopper error (the second condition was met), segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and since the hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button, the first notification ( Hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is ended.

According to this example, when an operation (reset button operation) is performed using a certain operating means, a certain error (hopper error) is resolved and the third Since the third notification (reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190) is performed by the notification means (segment a of the main board display 190), the notification inside the casing indicates that a certain error has been resolved. It is possible to notify the operator in an easy-to-understand manner, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

Note that the "second condition" according to the present invention may be a condition that is satisfied when an operation is performed using at least a certain operating means, and an operation other than the reset button operation, for example, when an operation inside the main body 101 is performed. The operation may be performed using operating means such as a setting switch, setting key, RAM clear button, etc., or may be an operation such as a door reset described later.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are activated to notify the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 are activated to notify the opening of the opening notification sound. (voice saying "The door is open") and the main board display 190 continues to notify the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

<Hopper error notification/hopper error resolution → front door closing>
The state shown in FIG. 11(a) is a state in which the clerk of the gaming parlor or the like closes the front door 102 after the hopper error has been resolved.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound ("Door While the main board display 190 ends the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), the number of stored coins display 125 and the number of dispensed coins display 127 light up. While continuing to display the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and presentation button 192 are turned on in a presentation mode.

<Error notification of hopper error/2nd hopper error → Power on>
In the state shown in FIG. 11(b), when the second hopper error has occurred, a clerk at the game parlor opens the front door 102, operates the power switch located inside the main body 101, and turns on the power. It is in a state where it has been inserted.

This state is almost the same as the state explained using FIG. 10(c), so its explanation will be omitted, but the state shown in FIG. 11(b) in this example is once resolved before the power is turned on. The difference is that the hopper error (a certain error) has occurred again.

The state shown in FIG. 11(c) is a state in which a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial settings have been completed.

The slot machine 100 is configured to start at least a first notification and a second notification when a hopper error (a certain error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, the error code (in this example, "E4") is displayed using the payout number display 127 (first notification means). By displaying the hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red. , performs a hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

The slot machine 100 starts an audio notification regarding the error when a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) occurs, and continues to issue an audio notification regarding the error until a certain condition is met (in this example, until the reset button is operated). Continue audio notification. Furthermore, if the power is turned on while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred and the door body (in this example, the front door 102) is in the open state, the door body is in the open state. A notification sound (first notification sound, in this example, an open notification sound) is output to indicate that a certain error has occurred, and if the certain error occurs again after the certain error has been resolved, a certain It is configured to output a notification sound (a second notification sound, in this example, a hopper error notification sound) that prompts the resolution of a certain error in connection with the occurrence of an error.

In the same state, after the hopper error (a certain error) was resolved, the certain error occurred again, so the speakers 272 and 277 emitted an open notification sound ( Instead of the first notification sound (the voice saying "The door is open"), the hopper error notification sound (the second notification sound, which prompts the user to resolve the hopper error) will sound "Hopper error. Call the staff." Hopper error notification is performed by outputting a voice saying "Please".

According to this example, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound (second notification sound) that prompts the resolution of a certain error are generated depending on the situation of the game machine, etc. It is possible to use different sounds (sounds), increasing convenience.

In addition, if the power is turned on while a certain error has occurred and the door body is open, the first alarm sound is output, and after the certain error is resolved, the corresponding or If an error occurs, a second notification sound is output, so when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be output with priority, and priority is given to the door being in the open state. can be notified.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 indicates that the door is open. Continue error notification (segment e lights up in red).

Furthermore, the hopper error notification sound that prompts the resolution of the hopper error is not limited to a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (in this example, "hopper error"); for example, it is not possible to identify the type of error. After outputting a notification sound (e.g., "Please call the staff member"), a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call the staff member") may be output.

<Error notification of hopper error/resolution of connection error → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 11(d) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been satisfied).

The slot machine 100 provides a second notification after the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190). When the first condition is met (in this example, when the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, and the first notification is continued. The second notification (hopper error notification by the main board display 190) is configured to end.

In the same state, since the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been met), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, while the second notification is continued. The notification (hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is ended.

In addition, in the same state, since the second hopper error (certain error) continues, the speakers 272 and 277 emit a hopper error notification sound (second notification) to prompt the resolution of the hopper error (certain error). In addition to continuing to output the sound "Hopper error. Please call the staff", the front door 102 continues to be open, so the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and production button 192 are activated. The door open notification (blinking red) and the door open error notification (red lighting of segment e) by the main board display 190 are continued.

The state shown in FIG. 11(e) is a state in which the reset button has been operated (the second condition is met) to resolve the hopper error (a certain error), and the state shown in FIG. 11(f) is 10(f) and 11(a) are the same as those described using FIG. 10(f) and FIG. 11(a), respectively. The explanation will be omitted.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, and a notification means ( For example, liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, stored number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135 etc.), the notifying means is a means capable of notifying at least a certain error, and the notifying means includes a sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277). , the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a notification sound (hereinafter referred to as "first notification sound"; for example, a sound saying "the door is open") indicating that the door body is in an open state. The sound output means is configured to generate a notification sound (hereinafter referred to as "second notification sound") that prompts the resolution of the certain error in connection with the occurrence of the certain error. For example, "Hopper error. Staff The sound output means is capable of outputting the first notification sound and the second notification sound when the certain error occurs. This game machine is characterized in that the means may output a notification sound.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, depending on the situation of the game machine, a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state (first notification sound) and a notification sound urging resolution of a certain error are generated. (second notification sound) can be used selectively, increasing convenience.

The display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157) is provided, and the display means displays a display indicating that the certain error has occurred (for example, "hopper") in a state where the certain error has occurred. It may be possible to start displaying a character string "Error. Please call an attendant."

Further, the sound output means outputs the second notification sound without outputting the first notification sound when the door body is in a closed state in a state where the certain error occurs. The sound output means outputs the first notification sound and the second notification sound when the door body is in the open state in a state where the certain error occurs. It may also be a means that may output.

With such a configuration, when the door body is in the open state, depending on the situation, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in the open state and a certain error correction sound will be emitted. The notification sound (second notification sound) that prompts the user can be used for different purposes, increasing convenience.

Further, if the power is cut off when the certain error occurs and the door body is in the open state when the power is turned on, the sound output means detects whether the door body is in the open state. The first notification sound may be output even when the certain error is resolved, and if the certain error occurs again, the second notification sound may be output. .

With such a configuration, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be output with priority, and the fact that the door body is in the open state can be notified with priority.

In addition, it is equipped with a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values, and when the power is turned on with a certain operation (for example, turning on from off) performed using the setting key, is, the power is turned off in a state in which the set value can be changed (for example, a setting change mode), the certain error has occurred, and the power is turned on in the state in which the certain operation is performed; If the certain error has not been resolved and the door body is in the open state, priority is given to changing the setting value over the certain error, and the sound output means is configured to change the setting value. The first notification sound is output without outputting a notification sound indicating that the value can be changed, and after the change of the setting value is completed, the second notification is output as a notification of the certain error. It may also be one that outputs sound.

With such a configuration, setting changes are given priority over notification of a certain error, so setting changes can be completed reliably, and forgetting to change settings can be prevented. Furthermore, since the first notification sound is output after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably deal with errors after the setting change is completed.

Further, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on in a state where the certain error occurs and the door body is in the open state, the setting value is higher than the certain error. While prioritizing confirmation, the sound output means outputs the first notification sound without outputting a notification sound indicating that the setting value can be confirmed, and the confirmation of the setting value is completed. Later, the second notification sound may be output as a notification of the certain error.

Further, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on in a state where the certain error occurs and the door body is in the closed state, the above-mentioned operation is performed without outputting the first notification sound. The sound output means outputs a second notification sound, when the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on in a state where the certain error has occurred and the door body is in the open state. The first notification sound may be outputted, and the second notification sound may be outputted.

The display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157) is provided, and when the power is turned on when the certain operation is performed in the state where the certain error occurs, the door body is in the open state. In this case, priority is given to changing the set value over the certain error, and the display means displays a setting changing display (e.g. "Settings changing") indicating that the setting value can be changed. ``Hopper error. Please call an attendant.'' display indicating that a certain error has occurred (for example, displaying the string ``Hopper error. Please call an attendant'') can be started. It may be something.

Further, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound when the door body is in the open state when the power is turned on, regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error. There may be.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably notify the clerk of the game parlor that the door body is in the open state.

Furthermore, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display). device 157, payout number display 127, stored number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), The notifying means is a means capable of notifying at least a certain error, and the notifying means includes a sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277), The means is a means capable of outputting a notification sound (hereinafter referred to as "first notification sound"; for example, a sound saying "the door is open") indicating that the door body is in an open state, and The output means is a notification sound (hereinafter referred to as "second notification sound") that prompts the resolution of the certain error in connection with the occurrence of the certain error. For example, "Hopper error. Please call the staff. '' sound), and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound and the second notification sound when the certain error occurs. When the power is cut off when the certain error occurs and the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, the sound output means Means for outputting a notification sound and outputting the second notification sound even if the door body is in the open state if the certain error occurs again after the certain error is resolved. This game machine is characterized by the following.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, depending on the situation of the game machine, a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state (first notification sound) and a notification sound urging resolution of a certain error are generated. (second notification sound) can be used selectively, increasing convenience. Further, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be outputted with priority, and it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state.

<Modification example 1 of error notification of hopper error>
Next, a first modification of error notification when a hopper error occurs will be described.

FIGS. 12(a) to 13(i) are diagrams showing a first modification of error notification when a hopper error occurs.

The states shown in FIGS. 12(a) to 12(b) are the same as those described using FIGS. 10(a) to 10(b), and the hopper error (certain error ) has occurred, and a hopper error (certain error) remains when the power is turned on.

<Variation example 1 of error notification of hopper error/Start of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 12(c) is a state in which a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned on and restoration processing such as initial settings has been completed.

The slot machine 100 of this example is configured to start at least a first notification and a second notification when a certain error (for example, a hopper error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, the error code (in this example, "E4") is displayed using the payout number display 127 (first notification means). By displaying the hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red. , performs a hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

Further, the sound output means (speakers 272, 277 in this example) of the slot machine 100 of this example outputs the first notification sound (the actual sound) when a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurs. In this example, we will output an open notification sound (a sound that says "The door is open") and a second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound (a sound that says "Hopper error. Please call the staff")). It is configured so that it may output audio)).

The state shown in FIG. 12(c) is a state in which a hopper error has occurred and the front door 102 is in an open state, so the speakers 272 and 277 emit an open notification sound (first notification sound. In the example, the voice "The door is open" is output, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 is used to notify the door opening error ( (lighting of segment e in red).

Note that the "first notification sound" according to the present invention may be "a notification sound that includes at least a notification sound indicating that the door body is open", for example, a sound saying "the door is open". and other voices (e.g., an error message such as "Hopper error", a message urging the door to close such as "Please close the door"), and other sounds (e.g., "The door is open"). → "Hopper error" → "The door is open" → "Hopper error" →...etc.), or in addition to the voice "The door is open", other voices (for example, It may also be a notification sound (for example, ``The door is open. Please close the door'') that further includes a notification ``Please close the door'' to prompt the closing of the door body.

In addition, in this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error occurs and the door body is open when the power is turned on (first case), the first notification sound (main In the example, the configuration is configured to output the open notification sound), but if the door body is in the open state when the power is turned on, the first notification sound (for example, The output of the opening notification sound may always be started.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in an open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred, thereby increasing the convenience of the staff at the game parlor. can.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error 1/Resolving connection abnormality → End of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 12(d) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been satisfied).

The slot machine 100 provides a second notification after the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190). When the first condition is met (in this example, when the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, and the first notification is continued. The second notification (hopper error notification by the main board display 190) is configured to end.

In the same state, since the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been met), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, while the second notification is continued. The notification (hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is ended.

According to this example, the first notification is continued even when a part of the cause of a certain error has been resolved, so it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved. , the second notification ends, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff of the game parlor and the like.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound. (first notification sound; in this example, the sound "The door is open") and the main board display 190 continues to notify the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

<Modified example of hopper error notification 1/Resolving connection abnormality → closing front door>
The state shown in FIG. 12(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by an employee of the game parlor after the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, the power is cut off when a certain error (hopper error in this example) occurs, and the door body (front door 102 in this example) opens when the power is turned on. To resolve a certain error while outputting the first notification sound (in this example, the open notification sound (sound saying "The door is open") in the case of the state (first case). When the door body changes from the open state to the closed state, the first notification sound changes to the second notification sound (in this example, the error notification sound ("Hopper error. Please call the staff") The system is configured to switch to audio) for notification.

In the state shown in Figure 12(e), the hopper error connection abnormality has been resolved (the first condition has been met), but the reset button has not been operated (the second condition has not been met). ), because the front door 102 changed from the open state to the closed state without resolving the hopper error, the error notification sound ( The notification is executed by switching to the second notification sound (the sound saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff").

According to this example, when the door changes from the open state to the closed state without resolving a certain error while the first notification sound is being output, the second notification sound is output from the first notification sound. Since the notification is made by switching to the notification sound, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

Note that the "second notification sound" according to the present invention may be "a notification sound related to the occurrence of a certain error, which is at least partially different from the first notification sound". , for example, alternately repeating the sound "The door is open" and other sounds (for example, an error notification "Hopper error", a notification urging the door to close "Please close the door", etc.) It may be a notification sound (for example, "The door is open" → "Hopper error" → "The door is open" → "Hopper error" →... etc.), or a voice saying "Hopper error" In addition to this, the notification sound (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call the staff member") further includes other sounds (e.g., "Please call the staff member", which prompts the user to resolve the error). Good too.

Further, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is not limited to a notification sound that includes a sound that can specify the type of error (in this example, "hopper error"), but for example, the "second notification sound" that does not specify the type of error. After outputting a possible notification sound (e.g., "Please call the staff member"), output a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call the staff member"). ) may be output.

Further, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is a display that can identify the type of error by including the name of the error such as "medal error" or "door is open". Alternatively, the display may include an error code such as "E4" so that the type of error can be specified.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error 1/Front door closing → opening>
The state shown in FIG. 12(f) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened after the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved and the front door 102 has been closed by an employee of the game parlor.

In the same state, since the front door 102 has changed from the closed state to the open state, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound (" The door open error notification (segment e lights up in red) is resumed.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error 1/Reset button operation → end first notification>
The state shown in FIG. 13(g) is a state in which the reset button is operated in order to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) (the second condition is satisfied by the first operation).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to resolve the hopper error (the second condition was met), segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and since the hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button, the first notification ( Hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is ended.

According to this example, when an operation (reset button operation) is performed using a certain operating means, a certain error (hopper error) is resolved and the third Since the third notification (reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190) is performed by the notification means (segment a of the main board display 190), the notification inside the casing indicates that a certain error has been resolved. It is possible to notify the operator in an easy-to-understand manner, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are activated to notify the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 are activated to notify the opening of the opening notification sound. (voice saying "The door is open") and the main board display 190 continues to notify the door open error (segment e lights up in red).

In addition, the slot machine 100 determines the timing in relation to the timing at which the setting value change is completed (the timing at which a certain operation using the setting key is completed (in this example, the timing at which the setting key is turned back from on to off)). The display is configured to switch to the first display (in this example, the error display shown in FIG. 12(f)) and display the second display (in this example, the demo screen shown in FIG. 13(g)). There is.

In the state shown in FIG. 13(g), since the setting key has been turned back from on to off, the error display (first display) shown in FIG. 12(f) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, the error display (second display) shown in Figure 13(g) is switched to the image containing the text string "Hopper error. Please call the staff." In this example, the demo effect is executed. display the demo screen).

According to this example, since the first display is switched to and the second display is displayed in relation to the timing when the setting value change is completed, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has been resolved. .

Furthermore, in the same state, since the reset button was operated to resolve the hopper error (the second condition was met), an error display (in this example, "Hopper Error. Please call an attendant." Display the demo screen instead.

<Modification of hopper error notification 1/Hopper error resolution → front door closing>
The state shown in FIG. 13(h) is a state in which the clerk of the gaming parlor closes the front door 102 after the hopper error is resolved.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound ("Door While the main board display 190 ends the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), the number of stored coins display 125 and the number of dispensed coins display 127 light up. The demonstration screen continues to be displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and performance button 192 are turned on in a performance mode.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error 1/Hopper error 2nd → Opening of front door>
The state shown in FIG. 13(i) is a state in which the clerk of the gaming parlor or the like opens the front door 102 while the second hopper error has occurred.

In the slot machine 100, when a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) occurs again after it has been resolved, the door body (in this example, the front door 102) is opened in the open state. Even if there is a second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound (a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant")), it is configured to be output.

In the state shown in FIG. 13(i), the front door 102 is in an open state because the hopper error (certain error) has occurred again after it has been resolved, but it is not necessary to resolve the hopper error. Audio notification regarding the hopper error is performed by outputting a prompting hopper error notification sound (second notification sound; in this example, a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff").

According to this example, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound (second notification sound) that prompts the resolution of a certain error are generated depending on the situation of the game machine, etc. It is possible to use different sounds (sounds), increasing convenience.

Note that the hopper error notification sound that prompts the resolution of the hopper error is not limited to notification sounds that include sounds that can identify the type of error (in this example, "hopper error"); for example, sounds that include sounds that can identify the type of error. After outputting a notification sound (e.g., "Please call the staff member"), a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call the staff member") may be output.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error>
Next, a second modification of error notification when a hopper error occurs will be described.

FIGS. 13(a) to 14(i) are diagrams showing a second modification of error notification when a hopper error occurs.

The states shown in FIGS. 13(a) to 13(b) are the same as those described using FIGS. 10(a) to 10(b), and the hopper error (certain error ) has occurred, and a hopper error (certain error) remains when the power is turned on.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error/Start of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 13(c) is a state in which a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned on and restoration processing such as initial settings has been completed.

The slot machine 100 is configured to start at least a first notification and a second notification when a hopper error (a certain error) occurs.

In the same state, since a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on, the error code (in this example, "E4") is displayed using the payout number display 127 (first notification means). By displaying the hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, the segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red. , performs a hopper error notification (second notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, since the front door 102 is in the open state, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are used to notify the user of the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 are used to notify the user of the open hopper error notification (flashing red). The output of the first notification sound (in this example, a sound that alternately repeats "The door is open" and "Hopper error. Please call the staff") and the output of the main board display 190. Door open error notification (segment e lights up in red).

Note that the first notification sound according to the present invention may be any notification sound that includes at least a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state; A notification sound that alternately repeats a voice (e.g., an error notification saying "Hopper error", a notification prompting the door to close "Please close the door", etc.) (e.g. "The door is open" → "Hopper error") ” → “The door is open” → “Hopper error” → etc.), or in addition to the voice “The door is open”, another voice (for example, “The door is open” → “Hopper error” → etc.) It may also be a notification sound (for example, ``The door is open. Please close the door.'') that further includes a notification prompting the user to close the door.

In addition, in this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error occurs and the door body is open when the power is turned on (first case), the first notification sound is output. However, if the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, the output of the first notification sound may always be started regardless of the presence or absence of a certain error. .

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error/Resolution of connection error → End of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 14(d) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been satisfied).

The slot machine 100 provides a second notification after the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190). When the first condition is met (in this example, when the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved), the first notification (the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, and the first notification is continued. The second notification (hopper error notification by the main board display 190) is configured to end.

In the same state, since the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been met), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, while the second notification is continued. The notification (hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is ended.

According to this example, the first notification is continued even when a part of the cause of a certain error has been resolved, so it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved. , the second notification ends, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff of the game parlor and the like.

In addition, in this state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open hopper error. The output of the notification sound (the first notification sound. In this example, the sound that repeats "The door is open" and the sound that says "Hopper error. Please call the staff") and the main board. The door open error notification (segment e lights up in red) continues on the display 190.

<Modified example of hopper error notification 2/Resolving connection abnormality → Closing the front door>
The state shown in FIG. 14(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a clerk at the gaming parlor after the connection abnormality due to the hopper error is resolved.

In the slot machine 100, the power is cut off while a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) occurs, and when the power is turned on, the door body (in this example, the front door 102) is in an open state. (in the first case), the first notification sound (in this example, a sound that alternately repeats "The door is open" and "Hopper error. Please call the attendant"). The first notification sound changes to the second notification sound (in this example, the error notification sound (A voice saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff.")) is configured to switch to notify the user.

In the state shown in Figure 14(e), the hopper error connection abnormality has been resolved (the first condition has been met), but the reset button has not been operated (the second condition has not been met). ), because the front door 102 changed from the open state to the closed state without resolving the hopper error, the first notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open" and the sound "Hopper error. The system switches from the voice that repeats "Please call the staff" to the second notification sound (in this example, the error notification sound (the sound that says "Hopper error. Please call the staff")). is running.

According to this example, when the door changes from the open state to the closed state without resolving a certain error while the first notification sound is being output, the second notification sound is output from the first notification sound. Since the notification is made by switching to the notification sound, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

<Variation example 2 of error notification of hopper error/Front door closing → opening>
The state shown in FIG. 14(f) is a state in which the front door 102 is opened after the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved and the front door 102 has been closed by the clerk of the game parlor.

In the same state, since the front door 102 has changed from the closed state to the open state, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 generate an open notification (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open hopper error notification sound. (The first notification sound. In this example, the sound that repeats "The door is open" and the sound that says "Hopper error. Please call the staff") and the main board display. The door open error notification (red lighting of segment e) by 190 is restarted.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error/Reset button operation → end first notification>
The state shown in FIG. 14(g) is a state in which the reset button is operated in order to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) (the second condition is satisfied by the first operation).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to resolve the hopper error (the second condition was met), segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and since the hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button, the first notification ( Hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is ended.

According to this example, when an operation (reset button operation) is performed using a certain operating means, a certain error (hopper error) is resolved and the third Since the third notification (reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190) is performed by the notification means (segment a of the main board display 190), the notification inside the casing indicates that a certain error has been resolved. It is possible to notify the operator in an easy-to-understand manner, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

In addition, the slot machine 100 alternately emits the first notification sound (in this example, the open hopper error notification sound ("The door is open") and the sound "Hopper error. Please call the staff." After a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) has been resolved, if the certain error occurs again (in the second case), the certain error is cleared. (the timing at which the operating means (in this example, the reset button) is operated), the first notification sound changes to the third notification sound (in this example, the open notification sound (“door is open”) It is configured so that the output is switched to (audio)).

According to this example, when a certain error occurs again after a certain error is cleared, the first notification sound is switched to the third notification sound at the timing when the certain error is cleared. Since a certain error that has occurred again is outputted, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error that has occurred again has been resolved.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 is used to notify the opening of the door. Continue error notification (segment e lights up in red).

Furthermore, in the same state, since the reset button was operated to resolve the hopper error (the second condition was met), an error display (in this example, "Hopper Error. Please call an attendant." Display the demo screen instead.

<Modified example of hopper error notification 2/Resolving hopper error → Closing the front door>
The state shown in FIG. 14(h) is a state in which the store clerk or the like at the gaming parlor closes the front door 102 after the hopper error has been resolved.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound ("Door While the main board display 190 ends the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), the number of stored coins display 125 and the number of dispensed coins display 127 light up. The demonstration screen continues to be displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and performance button 192 are turned on in a performance mode.

<Modified example 2 of error notification of hopper error/2nd hopper error → Opening of front door>
The state shown in FIG. 14(i) is a state in which the clerk of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 while the second hopper error has occurred.

In the slot machine 100, when a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) occurs again after it has been resolved, the door body (in this example, the front door 102) is opened in the open state. Even if there is a second notification sound (in this example, an error notification sound (a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant")), it is configured to be output.

In the state shown in FIG. 14(i), after the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved, the error has occurred again, so the front door 102 is in an open state, but it is not necessary to resolve the hopper error. Audio notification regarding the hopper error is performed by outputting a prompting hopper error notification sound (second notification sound; in this example, a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff").

According to this example, a notification sound (first notification sound) indicating that the door body is in an open state and a notification sound (second notification sound) that prompts the resolution of a certain error are generated depending on the situation of the game machine, etc. It is possible to use different sounds (sounds), increasing convenience.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, and a notification means ( For example, liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, stored number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135 etc.), the notifying means is a means capable of notifying at least a certain error (for example, a hopper error), and the notifying means is a means for executing a notification regarding at least a certain error (for example, a hopper error), and the notifying means is a means for executing sound output means (for example, a speaker). 272, 277), the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a first notification sound, the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound, and the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound, and the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound, and the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound. The sound and the second notification sound are at least partially different notification sounds, and the first notification sound is a notification sound indicating that the door body is open (for example, "The door is open. ”), and the second notification sound is a notification sound related to the certain error (for example, a sound saying “Hopper error. Please call an attendant”), The sound output means is a means that may output the first notification sound and the second notification sound in a state where the certain error occurs, and the sound output means may output the first notification sound and the second notification sound. , when the door body is in an open state (for example, the open state shown in FIG. 12(c)) when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring (hereinafter referred to as "the open state shown in FIG. 12(c))" 1), the first notification sound is output, and if the error occurs again after the error is resolved, the door body returns to the open state. (For example, in the open state shown in FIG. 13(i)), the sound output means outputs the second notification sound, and in the first case, the sound output means outputs the first notification sound. The door body changes from the open state to the closed state (for example, if the certain error is not resolved during the output state (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved, but the reset button has not been operated)) means for switching from the first notification sound to the second notification sound in connection with the change to the closed state shown in FIG. 12(e) (or may provide notification); This is a game machine that features:

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, depending on the situation of the game machine, the notification sound (first notification sound) including at least the notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state, and the notification sound of a certain error. It is possible to use different notification sounds (second notification sounds) to encourage resolution, which increases convenience. Further, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be outputted with priority, and it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state. In addition, in connection with the door body changing from an open state to a closed state without resolving a certain error while outputting the first notification sound, the first notification sound changes to the second notification sound. Since the output is switched and output, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

Note that, if the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error. There may be.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred.

Furthermore, "switching from the first notification sound to the second notification sound for notification" means that after switching the first notification sound to a certain notification sound, the certain notification sound is switched to the second notification sound. For example, after switching the notification sound notifying that the setting value is being changed to the setting change completion notification sound indicating that the setting value change has been completed, The setting change completion notification sound may be switched to a notification sound related to the occurrence of a certain error.

Furthermore, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display). device 157, payout number display 127, stored number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), An operating means (for example, a reset button); 272, 277), the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a first notification sound, the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound, and the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound. , a means capable of outputting a third notification sound (for example, a voice saying "the door is open"), and the first notification sound and the second notification sound are at least partially different notification sounds. Yes, the first notification sound is a notification sound indicating that the door body is open (for example, a sound saying "The door is open" and a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff"). the second notification sound is a notification sound related to the certain error (for example, a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant"); The sound output means may output the first notification sound and the second notification sound when the certain error occurs, and the sound output means may output the first notification sound and the second notification sound. In the case where the door body is in an open state (for example, the open state shown in FIG. 13(c)) when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring (hereinafter referred to as " (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the first notification sound is output, and after the certain error is resolved, the certain error occurs again (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"). ) is a means for outputting (or may output) the second notification sound even when the door body is in the open state (for example, the open state shown in FIG. 14(i)). The sound output means is means for switching and outputting the first notification sound to the third notification sound in connection with the elimination of the certain error in the second case, and The gaming machine is characterized in that a certain error is resolved by operating the operating means.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, depending on the situation of the game machine, the notification sound (first notification sound) including at least the notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state, and the notification sound of a certain error. It is possible to use different notification sounds (second notification sounds) to encourage resolution, which increases convenience. Further, when the power is turned on, the first notification sound can be outputted with priority, and it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state. In addition, in the event that a certain error occurs again after a certain error has been resolved, the first notification sound is switched to the third notification sound and output at the timing when the certain error is cleared. , it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error that has occurred again has been resolved.

Further, in the first case, the sound output means detects that the door body changes from an open state to a closed state without resolving the certain error while outputting the first notification sound. In connection with this, the first notification sound may be switched to the second notification sound (for example, a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") and outputted.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

Note that, if the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error. There may be.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred.

Further, the first notification sound and the third notification sound may be the same notification sound, or the first notification sound and the third notification sound may be different notification sounds (or at least one The third notification sound may be a notification sound including at least a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state.

Furthermore, "switching from the first notification sound to the third notification sound and outputting it" means that after switching the first notification sound to a certain notification sound, the certain notification sound is switched to the third notification sound. For example, after switching the notification sound notifying that the setting value is being changed to the setting change completion notification sound indicating that the setting value change has been completed, The setting change completion notification sound may be switched to a third notification sound.

<Hopper error notification/resolved by door reset>
Next, we will explain how to resolve a hopper error by resetting the door.

FIGS. 15A to 15F are diagrams chronologically showing an example of resolving a hopper error by resetting the door. Note that the states shown in FIGS. 15(a) to 15(d) are the same as those described using FIGS. 10(b) to 10(e), so their explanation will be omitted and e) The subsequent drawings will be explained.

The state shown in FIG. 15(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed in order to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) by resetting the door.

In the same state, since the hopper error (certain error) continues with the front door 102 closed, the output of the open notification sound (sound saying "The door is open") from the speakers 272 and 277 is stopped. At the same time, by outputting a hopper error notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "Hopper error. Please call the staff") that prompts the resolution of the hopper error (certain error), the audio notification regarding the hopper error can be made. Is going.

The state shown in FIG. 15(f) is a state in which the door reset has been performed (the second condition is satisfied by the second operation).

Here, the door reset is an operation of inserting a key for unlocking the front door 102 into the door key hole 140 described using FIG. Now, in addition to the operation using the reset button described above (first operation), it is also possible to eliminate the hopper error by resetting the door (second operation).

In this state, since the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved by resetting the door, the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is ended.

According to this example, in connection with the execution of the second operation (door reset) that can be executed when the door body (front door 102) is closed, the Since the first notification by the first notification means (the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is completed, it is possible to notify that a certain error has been resolved even if the door is closed. It is possible to notify the operator in an easy-to-understand manner, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

As explained above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, display 127) and a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 10(d)), wherein the first notification means includes a During at least part of the period in which an error (for example, a hopper error) is occurring (or the entire period in which a certain error is occurring), the first notification (for example, the number of coins to be paid out 127), and the second notification means is a means capable of starting a hopper error notification (via 127), and the second notification means is a means capable of starting a hopper error notification (via 127), and the second notification means is a means capable of starting a hopper error notification according to (all periods), the second notification (for example, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) can be started, and the certain error is determined when the first condition is satisfied. An error that is cleared when the second condition is met (for example, the reset button is operated or a door reset is performed) after (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error is cleared). If the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is subsequently satisfied, the first notification is continued, The gaming machine is characterized in that the second notification is terminated.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 10(d) and (e)). and a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. , hopper error) is occurring (or the entire period in which a certain error is occurring), the first notification (for example, a hopper error by the number of dispensed coins display 127) The second notification means is a means capable of starting a notification for at least a part of the period in which the certain error is occurring (or for all of the period in which the certain error is occurring). period), the second notification (for example, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) can be started, and the certain error is a means that can start a second notification (for example, hopper error notification by segment This is an error that is resolved when the second condition is satisfied (for example, a reset button is operated or a door reset is performed) after the error connection abnormality is resolved. When an error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is subsequently met, the first notification is continued while the second notification is started. The gaming machine is characterized in that the certain error is an error related to the provision of gaming value (for example, the payout of game media or the provision of points that allow a game to be played).

According to the gaming machine according to the present embodiment, the first notification is continued even when a part of the cause of a certain error has been resolved, so that it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved. At the same time, since the second notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff at the game parlor. .

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and 8(e)). and a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. , hopper error) during at least part of the period during which the error occurs (or during the entire period during which a certain error occurs), the first error indicating that the certain error occurs. The second notification means is a means that can start notification (for example, hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), and the second notification means is a means that can start a notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), and the second notification means A second notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (for example, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is started during the entire period in which a certain error is occurring. This is a possible means, and the above-mentioned certain error can be solved by performing a certain operation (for example, when the reset button is not operated When the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the certain error This gaming machine is characterized in that when the cause of the problem is resolved and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued while the second notification is ended.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and 8(e)). and a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. , hopper error) during at least part of the period during which the error occurs (or during the entire period during which a certain error occurs), the first error indicating that the certain error occurs. The second notification means is a means that can start notification (for example, hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), and the second notification means is a means that can start a notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), and the second notification means A second notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (for example, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is started during the entire period in which a certain error is occurring. This is a possible means, and the above-mentioned certain error can be solved by performing a certain operation (for example, when the reset button is not operated When the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the certain error If the cause of the error is resolved and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued while the second notification is terminated, and the certain error is an error related to the payout of game media. It is a game machine that is characterized by certain things.

According to the gaming machine according to the present embodiment, even if the cause of a certain error is eliminated, if a certain operation that can eliminate the certain error is not performed, the certain error will not occur. While continuing the first notification indicating that an error has occurred, the second notification indicating that a certain error has occurred is terminated. It is possible to notify that the cause has been resolved and the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and by continuing the first notification, it is possible to notify that a certain operation that can resolve the certain error has been performed. First, it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

Note that the third notification means (for example, segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button) are provided, and the second notification means and The third notification means is disposed inside the casing of the game machine on the same board, and the certain operation is an operation of the certain operation means (for example, an operation of a reset button). When the certain operation is performed (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the third notification means sends a third notification indicating that the certain operation is being performed. It is a means that can start notification (for example, reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190), and in the first case, the certain error is resolved and the first notification ends. There may be.

The display means starts displaying an error when the certain error occurs, and displays the error display until the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may be a means to do so.

Further, the sound output means is provided with a sound output means, and when the certain error occurs, the sound output means starts sound notification regarding the certain error, and when the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may also be a means for continuing the audio notification until the notification is received.

It also includes a third notification means (for example, segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 10(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button), and the second notification means and The third notification means is disposed inside the casing of the game machine, and the second condition is such that at least an operation by the certain operation means (hereinafter referred to as "first operation"), for example, a reset button is pressed. operation) is performed, and the third notification means is a condition that is satisfied when the first operation is performed (for example, by segment a of the main board display 190). It may also be a means that can start a reset button operation notification).

With such a configuration, it is possible to clearly notify inside the casing that a certain error has been resolved, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff at the game parlor. Further, the third notification may be performed while the second notification is not being performed.

The game machine also includes a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, the first notification means is arranged on the front side of the game machine, and the second condition is the first notification means. This condition can also be satisfied by performing a second operation (for example, door reset) that is different from the operation, and the second operation is an operation that can be performed with the door body closed, and the second operation is an operation that can be performed with the door body closed. The first notification may end in connection with the execution of the second operation.

With such a configuration, it is possible to clearly notify the front of the gaming parlor that a certain error has been resolved, even when the door is closed, thereby reducing the work of the gaming parlor staff. Efficiency and convenience can be improved.

The display means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157 shown in FIG. 1) is provided, and the display means starts displaying an error when the certain error occurs, and when the first condition and the second condition are The error display may be displayed until the condition is satisfied (for example, until a reset button is operated).

With such a configuration, it is possible to clearly notify by the display means that a certain error has been resolved, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff of the game parlor and the like.

The sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277 shown in FIG. 2) is provided, and when the certain error occurs, the sound output means starts sound notification regarding the certain error, and The voice notification may be continued until the condition and the second condition are satisfied (for example, until a reset button is operated).

With such a configuration, it is possible to clearly notify by the sound output means that a certain error has been resolved, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff of the game parlor and the like.

In addition, in order to satisfy the first condition and the second condition, it is necessary to perform operations that can be performed with the door body opened (for example, operation means installed inside the main body 101 (setting key, setting switch). , reset button, etc.) may be required. Further, the first notifying means, the second notifying means, or the third notifying means may be a display means such as a liquid crystal display device, and the first notifying means or the third notifying means may be a display means such as a liquid crystal display device. The second notification means may be arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, or may be arranged inside the casing of the gaming machine.

Further, the first condition or the second condition is a condition that is satisfied when an operation is performed by a certain operating means, a condition that is satisfied when a certain gaming state is entered, and a condition that is satisfied when a reset operation is performed. It may be a condition that is satisfied when the power is cut off and the power is restored, or the like. Further, the reset button may also be used as a setting switch (switch for changing settings). Further, the first notification or the second notification is not limited to a case where a certain error occurs when the power is turned on, but may be a case where a certain error occurs in a normal gaming state. Further, the certain error may be an error related to energization (hopper error), an error related to medals (medal insertion errors 1 to 4, medal dispensing errors 1 to 3, overflow error), or the like.

<Hopper error notification/setting change mode>
Next, error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to the setting change mode will be explained.

FIGS. 16(a) to 17(e) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, an example of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to the setting change mode.

<Power on with hopper error notification/setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 16(a) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

The state shown in FIG. 16(b) is a state in which the store clerk or the like at the game parlor opens the front door 102, turns the setting key from off to on, and then turns on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open").

<Go to error notification/setting change mode for hopper error>
The state shown in FIG. 16(c) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred and the setting change mode has been entered.

When the slot machine 100 is powered on after a certain operation (from OFF to ON) has been performed using the setting key (or before a predetermined period of time has elapsed after the power has been turned on), the control unit If you turn the setting key from off to on before checking the on/off status of the Even if an error) has occurred, the state in which the set value can be changed is maintained, and after the state in which the set value can be changed ends, the first notification (in this example, the payout number display 127 Hopper error notification) and a second notification (in this example, hopper error notification by segment f of main board display 190) are started.

In the same state, the hopper error (certain error) continues, but in this example, even if the hopper error (certain error) occurs, the setting change mode (setting value can be changed) is selected. status) is maintained (setting changes have priority over notification of a certain error), a setting changing display (in this example, a setting changing display indicating that setting values can be changed) is maintained. The display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a display including a character string "Change Settings" in the first display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "Settings Changing" is placed in the center of a yellow background image). to be displayed.

According to this example, since setting changes are given priority over notification of a certain error, setting changes can be completed reliably, and forgetting to change settings can be prevented. Further, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably deal with errors after the setting change is completed.

In addition, since the first notification continues even if a part of the cause of an error has been resolved, it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved, and the second notification can be made. Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Furthermore, in the slot machine 100, when the set value is changeable and the door body is open (first case), a notification sound indicating that the set value is changeable is output. It does not start, but starts outputting a notification sound indicating that the door body is in the open state.

The state shown in FIG. 16(c) is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, so the setting change notification sound (in this example, " The speaker 272, 277 outputs an opening notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open") indicating that the door is open without starting to output the sound "Settings are being changed." Output from.

According to this example, when the door is opened during the setting change, the notification sound indicating the door opening is output while the notification sound indicating the setting change is not output, so the notification sound indicating the door opening can be highlighted. A clerk at a game parlor or the like can reliably know that the door is open.

Additionally, when the door is opened while the settings are being changed, a notification sound indicating that the settings are being changed is not outputted, but a display indicating that the settings are being changed is displayed, so store staff at game parlors can visually ensure that the settings are being changed through the display. can be grasped.

<Hopper error notification/setting change mode (door open → door closed)>
The state shown in FIG. 16(d) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the open state to the closed state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In the same state, the hopper error (certain error) continues, but in this example, even if the hopper error (certain error) occurs, the setting change mode (setting value can be changed) is selected. status) is maintained (setting changes have priority over notification of a certain error), a setting changing display (in this example, a setting changing display indicating that setting values can be changed) is maintained. The second display mode (in this example, the text string "Changing Settings" is placed in the upper left of the green background image), and the setting screen (displaying the character string "Change Settings") that allows you to start the operation check is displayed. It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in a display mode (including an operation check setting screen).

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is closed in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "Settings are being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. !” is output from the speakers 272 and 277.

As explained using FIGS. 16(c) and (d), according to this example, when the door is open during the setting change, the notification sound during the setting change is not output, but when the door is closed during the setting change. In the state, a notification sound is output when the settings are being changed, so the door open and door closed states can be linked with the presence or absence of the notification sound when the settings are being changed, providing a game machine with unique notification means. can do. In addition, when the door is open, a notification sound alerts the gaming parlor that the door is open while settings are being changed (settings may have been changed or fraudulent activity may have occurred). It is possible to reliably notify the store clerk, etc., and when the door is closed, the notification sound can reliably notify the store clerk, etc. of the game parlor that the setting change has not been completed.

Further, in the setting change mode of this example, a setting screen (operation check setting screen) on which an operation check can be started is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. By operating the cross key 193 (operating means), a clerk at the game parlor or the like can arbitrarily select any one of the speaker check, accessory check, and performance button check on the setting screen. Note that it goes without saying that the items that can be selected in the setting change mode are not limited to this example.

<Hopper error notification/setting change mode (door closed → door open)>
The state shown in FIG. 16(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In this state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "Settings are being changed") indicates that the setting values can be changed. The speaker 272, 277 outputs an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open") indicating that the door body is open, without starting to output the sound. A lamp 142, a side lamp 144, and a performance button 192 are blinked in red to notify that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification).

Note that the production button 192 is a means that functions as an operation means for various settings, etc., and also a means that functions as a notification means that can make notifications. operation will be disabled.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the settings change mode, the display including the setting change in progress display (in this example, the display of the character string "Settings changing") is It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "settings changing" is placed in the center of a yellow background image).

<Hopper error notification/setting change mode (door open)/setting change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 16(f) is a state in which the setting value is being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 17(a) is a state in which the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 16(f), while displaying the setting value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, the currently set setting value 1 to 6 is displayed. The setting value is changed from setting 1 to setting 6 by adding 1 to the setting value, and when a push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6. do.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 17(a), since the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed, the setting changing display is terminated, and the setting change indicating that the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed. A completion display (in this example, a screen in which a character string "setting change completed" is placed in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

<Hopper error notification/setting change mode (door open)/end of setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 17B is a state in which a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned off from on) and the setting change mode has ended.

In this state, the hopper error (certain error) continues and the setting change mode (state where the setting value can be changed) has ended, so the first notification (in this example, the number of dispensed coins display) 127) and a second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification using segment f of the main board display 190).

The subsequent states shown in FIGS. 17(b) to 17(d) are the same as the states described using FIGS. 10(d) to 11(a), so a detailed explanation will be omitted. In the state shown in 17(b), the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues, so the error code (in this example) is displayed using the payout number display 127 (first notification means). In this case, by displaying "E4"), a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is performed, and at the same time, segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is displayed. By lighting up in red, a hopper error notification (second notification) is performed to indicate that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 17(c), since the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been met), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is performed. While continuing, the second notification (hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is ended.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 17(d), since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was met), segment a (third The reset button operation notification (third notification) is performed by lighting up the reset button (notification means) in red to indicate that the reset button has been operated, and the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button. Therefore, the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is ended.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 17(e), since the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 is closed, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the production button 192 output an open notification (flashing red), and the speaker 272, 277 and the main board display 190 terminates the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), while the storage number display 125, In addition to continuing to light up the payout number display 127 and displaying the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to indicate that the normal game can be started. Make announcements.

As explained above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, display 127), a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 10(d)), and a setting means capable of setting one of the plurality of setting values. , when the power is turned on with a certain operation performed using a setting key, the setting value shifts to a changeable state, and the first notification means: During at least part of the period in which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) is occurring (or the entire period in which a certain error is occurring), the first notification (for example, the number of coins to be paid out is displayed) hopper error notification by the device 127), and the second notification means is capable of starting a hopper error notification by the device 127 for at least a part of the period during which the certain error occurs (or during the period during which the certain error occurs). The means is capable of starting a second notification (for example, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) during all periods during which the first condition is satisfied. An error that is resolved when the second condition is met (for example, the reset button is operated or a door reset is performed) after the hopper error connection error is resolved. and when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is subsequently satisfied, the first notification is continued. , when the second notification is finished, the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring, and the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed using the setting key, the setting value is The gaming machine is characterized in that the first notification and the second notification are started after the setting value is changed to a changeable state and the set value is changed.

According to the gaming machine according to the present embodiment, setting changes are given priority over notification of a certain error, so that setting changes can be completed reliably, and forgetting to change settings can be prevented. Further, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably deal with errors after the setting change is completed.

In addition, since the first notification continues even if a part of the cause of an error has been resolved, it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved, and the second notification can be made. Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and 8(e)). , a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(d)), and a setting means capable of setting one of the plurality of setting values. When the game machine is powered on while an operation using a setting key (hereinafter referred to as a "setting operation") is performed, the setting value is changed to a state where the setting value can be changed, and the first setting value is changed. The notification means indicates that a certain error (for example, a hopper error) is occurring during at least a part of the period (or the entire period during which the certain error is occurring). It is a means that can start a first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), and the second notification means is a means that can start a hopper error notification indicating that a certain error has occurred. (or the entire period during which the certain error is occurring), a second notification indicating that the certain error has occurred (for example, the main board display 190 hopper error notification by segment f), and the certain error is a means that can start a certain operation after the cause of the certain error has been resolved (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved). This is an error that is resolved when a certain error is performed (for example, a reset button is operated), and when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the first notification and the second notification are started. If the cause of the error is resolved and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued, the second notification is ended, and the certain operation is not performed. When the power is turned off and the power is turned on with the setting operation performed, the setting value is changed to a state where the setting value can be changed, and at least the second notification is started after the setting value is changed. This game machine is characterized by:

According to the gaming machine according to the present embodiment, setting changes are given priority over notification of a certain error, so that setting changes can be completed reliably, and forgetting to change settings can be prevented. Further, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably deal with errors after the setting change is completed.

Furthermore, even if the cause of a certain error has been resolved, if a certain operation that could have resolved the certain error has not been performed, the first indication that the certain error has occurred will be displayed. While continuing the notification, the second notification indicating that a certain error has occurred is terminated. It is possible to notify that a related state has changed, and by continuing the first notification, a certain operation that can eliminate a certain error has not been performed, and a certain error has been completely resolved. It is possible to notify that something is not being done, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of store staff at the game parlor.

Note that the third notification means (for example, segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button) are provided, and the second notification means and The third notification means is disposed inside the casing of the game machine on the same board, and the certain operation is an operation of the certain operation means (for example, an operation of a reset button). When the certain operation is performed (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the third notification means sends a third notification indicating that the certain operation is being performed. It is a means that can start notification (for example, reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190), and in the first case, the certain error is resolved and the first notification ends. There may be.

The display means starts displaying an error when the certain error occurs, and displays the error display until the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may be a means to do so.

Further, the sound output means is provided with a sound output means, and when the certain error occurs, the sound output means starts sound notification regarding the certain error, and when the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may also be a means for continuing the audio notification until the notification is received.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/setting change mode>
Next, error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to the setting change mode will be explained.

FIGS. 18(a) to 19(e) are diagrams chronologically showing modified examples of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to the setting change mode.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/Power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 18A is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) occurs before the power is turned on, and the hopper error (a certain error) remains when the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

The state shown in FIG. 18(b) is a state in which an employee of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102, turns the setting key from off to on, and then turns on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound (first notification sound, in this example, a sound saying "The door is open").

Note that the first notification sound according to the present invention may be any notification sound that includes at least a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state; A notification sound that alternately repeats a voice (e.g., an error notification saying "Hopper error", a notification prompting the door to close "Please close the door", etc.) (e.g. "The door is open" → "Hopper error") ” → “The door is open” → “Hopper error” → etc.), or in addition to the voice “The door is open”, another voice (for example, “The door is open” → “Hopper error” → etc.) It may also be a notification sound (for example, ``The door is open. Please close the door.'') that further includes a notification prompting the user to close the door.

In addition, in this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error occurs and the door body is open when the power is turned on (first case), the first notification sound is output. However, if the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, the output of the first notification sound may always be started regardless of the presence or absence of a certain error. .

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/Move to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 18(c) is a state in which a hopper error (certain error) has occurred and the setting change mode has been entered.

When the slot machine 100 is powered on after a certain operation (from OFF to ON) has been performed using the setting key (or before a predetermined period of time has elapsed after the power has been turned on), the control unit If you turn the setting key from off to on before checking the on/off status of the Even if an error) has occurred, the state in which the set value can be changed is maintained, and after the state in which the set value can be changed ends, the first notification (in this example, the payout number display 127 Hopper error notification) and a second notification (in this example, hopper error notification by segment f of main board display 190) are started.

In the same state, the hopper error (certain error) continues, but in this example, even if the hopper error (certain error) occurs, the setting change mode (setting value can be changed) is selected. status) is maintained (setting changes have priority over notification of a certain error), a setting changing display (in this example, a setting changing display indicating that setting values can be changed) is maintained. The display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a display including a character string "Change Settings" in the first display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "Settings Changing" is placed in the center of a yellow background image). to be displayed.

According to this example, since setting changes are given priority over notification of a certain error, setting changes can be completed reliably, and forgetting to change settings can be prevented. Further, since the first notification and the second notification are performed after the setting change is completed, it is possible to reliably deal with errors after the setting change is completed.

In addition, since the first notification continues even if a part of the cause of an error has been resolved, it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved, and the second notification can be made. Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Furthermore, in the slot machine 100, when the set value is changeable and the door body is open (first case), a notification sound indicating that the set value is changeable is output. It does not start, but starts outputting a notification sound indicating that the door body is in the open state.

The state shown in FIG. 18(c) is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, so the setting change notification sound (in this example, " The opening notification sound (the first notification sound, which indicates that the door is open) without starting the output of the sound "Settings are being changed." In this example, the sound "The door is open." ) is output from the speakers 272 and 277.

According to this example, when the door is opened during the setting change, the notification sound indicating the door opening is output while the notification sound indicating the setting change is not output, so the notification sound indicating the door opening can be highlighted. A clerk at a game parlor or the like can reliably know that the door is open.

Additionally, when the door is opened while the settings are being changed, a notification sound indicating that the settings are being changed is not outputted, but a display indicating that the settings are being changed is displayed, so store staff at game parlors can visually ensure that the settings are being changed through the display. can be grasped.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/setting change mode (door open → door closed)>
The state shown in FIG. 18(d) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the open state to the closed state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In the same state, the hopper error (certain error) continues, but in this example, even if the hopper error (certain error) occurs, the setting change mode (setting value can be changed) is selected. status) is maintained (setting changes have priority over notification of a certain error), a setting changing display (in this example, a setting changing display indicating that setting values can be changed) is maintained. The second display mode (in this example, the text string "Changing Settings" is placed in the upper left of the green background image), and the setting screen (displaying the character string "Change Settings") that allows you to start the operation check is displayed. It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in a display mode (including an operation check setting screen).

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is closed in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "Settings are being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. !” is output from the speakers 272 and 277.

As explained using FIGS. 18(c) and 18(d), according to this example, when the door is open during the setting change, the notification sound during the setting change is not output, but when the door is closed while the setting is being changed. In the state, a notification sound is output when the settings are being changed, so the door open and door closed states can be linked with the presence or absence of the notification sound when the settings are being changed, providing a game machine with unique notification means. can do. In addition, when the door is open, a notification sound alerts the gaming parlor that the door is open while settings are being changed (settings may have been changed or fraudulent activity may have occurred). It is possible to reliably notify the store clerk, etc., and when the door is closed, the notification sound can reliably notify the store clerk, etc. of the game parlor that the setting change has not been completed.

Further, in the setting change mode of this example, a setting screen (operation check setting screen) on which an operation check can be started is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. By operating the cross key 193 (operating means), a clerk at the game parlor or the like can arbitrarily select any one of the speaker check, accessory check, and performance button check on the setting screen. Note that it goes without saying that the items that can be selected in the setting change mode are not limited to this example.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/setting change mode (door closed → door open)>
The state shown in FIG. 18(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In this state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "Settings are being changed") indicates that the setting values can be changed. The speaker 272, 277 outputs an opening notification sound (the first notification sound, in this example, the sound "The door is open") indicating that the door body is in the open state without starting to output the sound (audio). At the same time, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 flash in red to notify that the front door 102 is open (open notification).

Note that the production button 192 is a means that functions as an operation means for various settings, etc., and also a means that functions as a notification means that can make notifications. operation will be disabled.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the settings change mode, the display including the setting change in progress display (in this example, the display of the character string "Settings changing") is It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "settings changing" is placed in the center of a yellow background image).

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/setting change mode/setting change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 18(f) is a state in which the setting value is being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 19(a) is a state in which the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 18(f), while displaying the set value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, the currently set set value 1 to 6 is displayed. The setting value is changed from setting 1 to setting 6 by adding 1 to the setting value, and when a push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6. do.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 19(a), since the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed, the setting change in progress display is terminated, and the setting change indicating that the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed. A completion display (a first display; in this example, a screen in which a character string "setting change completed" is placed in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

In addition, when the change of the setting value is completed (in the first case), the slot machine 100 generates a second notification sound (in this example, "The door is closed") as a notification of a certain error (in this example, a hopper error). In the first case, the notification that the setting value change has been completed is not executed. It is configured as follows.

According to this example, when the setting value change is completed, the second notification sound is output as a notification of a certain error without notifying that the setting value change has been completed. It is possible to reliably notify that the issue has not been resolved.

Note that the "second notification sound" according to the present invention may be "a notification sound related to the occurrence of a certain error, which is at least partially different from the first notification sound". , for example, alternately repeating the sound "The door is open" and other sounds (for example, an error notification "Hopper error", a notification urging the door to close "Please close the door", etc.) It may be a notification sound (for example, "The door is open" → "Hopper error" → "The door is open" → "Hopper error" →... etc.), or a voice saying "Hopper error" In addition to this, the notification sound (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call the staff member") further includes other sounds (e.g., "Please call the staff member", which prompts the user to resolve the error). Good too.

Further, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is not limited to a notification sound that includes a sound that can specify the type of error (in this example, "hopper error"), but for example, the "second notification sound" that does not specify the type of error. After outputting a possible notification sound (e.g., "Please call the staff member"), output a notification sound that includes a sound that can identify the type of error (e.g., "Hopper error. Please call the staff member"). ) may be output.

Further, the "second notification sound" according to the present invention is a display that can identify the type of error by including the name of the error such as "medal error" or "door is open". Alternatively, the display may include an error code such as "E4" so that the type of error can be specified.

<Modified example of error notification of hopper error/setting change mode/end of setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 19(b) is a state in which a certain operation using the setting key has been completed (an operation of turning the setting key from on to off has been performed) and the setting change mode has ended.

The subsequent states shown in FIGS. 19(b) to 19(d) are the same as those described using FIGS. 10(d) to 11(a), so detailed explanation will be omitted, but In the state shown in 19(b), the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues, so the error code (in this example) is displayed using the payout number display 127 (first notification means). In this case, by displaying "E4"), a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is performed, and at the same time, segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is displayed. By lighting up in red, a hopper error notification (second notification) is performed to indicate that a hopper error has occurred.

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

In addition, the slot machine 100 detects a certain error at the timing when the setting value change is completed and a certain operation using the setting key is completed (in this example, when the setting key is turned back from on to off). The system is configured to output a second notification sound (in this example, a sound that alternates between "The door is open" and "Hopper error. Please call the attendant") is output as a notification. has been done.

In the state shown in FIG. 19(b), the setting value has been changed and the setting key has been turned back from on to off, so the second notification sound (in this example, Outputs a voice that alternately repeats "The door is open" and "Hopper error. Please call the attendant."

According to this example, when the change of the setting value is completed, the notification that the change of the setting value is completed is not executed, and the notification of a certain error is issued at the timing when a certain operation using the setting key is completed. Since the second notification sound is output, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved at the timing when a certain operation using a setting key is completed.

Note that the "timing at which a certain operation using a setting key ends" according to the present invention is not limited to the timing at which the setting key is turned back from on to off; for example, when the setting key is turned back from on to off. The timing may be the timing when the setting key is later removed from the keyhole, or the timing when the control means detects that the setting key has been turned from on to off.

In addition, the slot machine 100 determines the timing in relation to the timing at which the setting value change is completed (the timing at which a certain operation using the setting key is completed (in this example, the timing at which the setting key is turned back from on to off)). The screen is configured to switch to the first display (the setting change completion display shown in FIG. 19(a)) and display the second display (the error display shown in FIG. 19(b)).

In the state shown in FIG. 19(b), since the setting key has been turned back from on to off, the setting change completion display (the first display (in this example, an image containing the character string "Settings change complete"), and the error display shown in Figure 19(b) (second display; in this example, "Hopper error. Please call staff. .”) is displayed.

According to this example, since the first display is switched to and the second display is displayed in relation to the timing at which the setting value change is completed, it is possible to reliably notify that the setting value change has been completed. .

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 19(c), since the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is satisfied), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is performed. While continuing, the second notification (hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is ended.

In addition, in this state, since the front door 102 continues to be open, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open hopper error. The output of the notification sound (the first notification sound. In this example, the sound that repeats "The door is open" and the sound that says "Hopper error. Please call the staff") and the main board. The door open error notification (segment e lights up in red) continues on the display 190.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 19(d), since the reset button was operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition was met), segment a (third The reset button operation notification (third notification) is performed by lighting up the reset button (notification means) in red to indicate that the reset button has been operated, and the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button. Therefore, the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is ended.

In addition, the slot machine 100 alternately emits the first notification sound (in this example, the open hopper error notification sound ("the door is open") and the sound "Hopper error. Please call the staff"). When a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) is resolved (at the timing when the operating means (in this example, the reset button) is operated), the first notification sound is output. It is configured to switch to and output a third notification sound (in this example, an open notification sound (a sound saying "the door is open")).

According to this example, since the first notification sound is switched to the third notification sound and output at the timing when a certain error is resolved, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error that has occurred again has been resolved. I can do it.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 19(e), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, the effect button 192 are used to notify the opening (flashing red), and the speaker 272, 277 and the main board display 190 terminates the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), while the storage number display 125, In addition to continuing to light up the payout number display 127 and displaying the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to indicate that the normal game can be started. Make announcements.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, and a notification means ( For example, liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, stored number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135 etc.) and a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values, the notifying means being a means capable of notifying at least a certain error. , the notification means includes a sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277), the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a first notification sound, and the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound. the first notification sound and the second notification sound are at least partially different notification sounds, and the first notification sound indicates that the door body is in an open state. The second notification sound includes at least a notification sound indicating the certain error (for example, a sound saying "The door is open"), and the second notification sound is a notification sound related to the certain error (for example, "Hopper error"). Please call the staff member), and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound and outputs the second notification sound when the certain error occurs. If the power is turned on with a certain operation performed using the setting key, the setting value can be changed, and the setting value can be changed even if the certain error has occurred. If the power is turned on after the power is turned off and the certain operation is performed, and the certain error is not resolved and the door is in an open state, the setting value cannot be changed. is executed, the sound output means outputs the first notification sound, and the sound output means outputs the second notification sound when the change of the setting value is completed (hereinafter referred to as "first case"). The game machine is a means for outputting a notification sound, and the sound output means is a means that does not notify that the change of the setting value has been completed in the first case.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, depending on the situation of the game machine, the notification sound (first notification sound) including at least the notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state, and the notification sound of a certain error. It is possible to use different notification sounds (second notification sounds) to encourage resolution, which increases convenience. In addition, if the power is turned on while a certain operation is being performed, a certain error has not been resolved, and the door body is in an open state, it is recommended to change the setting value rather than the certain error. Therefore, it is possible to give priority to changing the setting value over an error, but when the change of the setting value is completed, it is not notified that the change of the setting value has been completed. Since the second notification sound is output as an error notification, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error has not been resolved.

Note that, if the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error. There may be.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred.

Furthermore, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display). device 157, payout number display 127, stored number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values, the notifying means being a means capable of notifying at least a certain error, and the notifying means includes a sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277), the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a first notification sound, and the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound. and the first notification sound and the second notification sound are notification sounds that are at least partially different, and the first notification sound is a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state. The second notification sound is a notification sound that includes at least a sound related to the certain error (for example, a sound that says "The door is open." The sound output means may output the first notification sound or the second notification sound when the certain error occurs. means, when the power is turned on with a certain operation performed by a setting key, the setting value becomes changeable, and the power is cut off in a state where the certain error occurs, If the power is turned on while the certain operation has been performed, the certain error has not been resolved, and the door body is in an open state, the setting value is changed and the setting value is changed. The sound output means outputs the first notification sound, and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound in connection with the completion of changing the setting value and the completion of the certain operation using the setting key (for example, when the setting key The second notification sound is output at a timing when the setting key is removed from the keyhole after the setting key is operated from on to off, or at a timing when the setting key is operated from on to off. It is a stand.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, depending on the situation of the game machine, the notification sound (first notification sound) including at least the notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state, and the notification sound of a certain error. It is possible to use different notification sounds (second notification sounds) to encourage resolution, which increases convenience. In addition, if the power is turned on while a certain operation is being performed, a certain error has not been resolved, and the door body is in an open state, it is recommended to change the setting value rather than the certain error. Therefore, it is possible to execute setting value changes with priority over errors, but when the setting value change is completed, it is not notified that the setting value change is completed, and the setting key Since a second notification sound is output as a notification of a certain error at the timing when a certain operation using the setting key is completed, it is possible to make sure that a certain error has not been resolved at the timing when a certain operation using the setting key is completed. Can be notified.

Note that, if the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error. There may be.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred.

Furthermore, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a door body (for example, the front door 102 shown in FIG. 1) that can be opened and closed, and a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display). device 157, payout number display 127, stored number display 125, speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), A game machine comprising a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values, and a display means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157), wherein the notification means is configured to display information regarding at least a certain error. The notification means includes a sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277), the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a first notification sound, and the sound output means is a means capable of outputting a first notification sound. The means is a means capable of outputting a second notification sound, the first notification sound and the second notification sound are notification sounds that are at least partially different, and the first notification sound is different from the second notification sound. The notification sound includes at least a notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state (for example, a sound saying "The door is open"), and the second notification sound is a notification sound related to the certain error. (For example, a voice saying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant"), and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound in a state where the certain error occurs; It is a means that may output the second notification sound, and when the power is turned on with a certain operation using the setting key, the setting value becomes changeable, and the second notification sound is output. If the power is turned off while an error has occurred, the power is turned on while the certain operation is being performed, the certain error has not been resolved, and the door body is in an open state ( (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the change in the set value is executed and the sound output means outputs the first notification sound, and the display means outputs the first notification sound in the first case. means for displaying (or may display) one display (for example, the setting change completion display shown in FIG. The game machine is characterized in that it is means for switching to the first display and displaying (or may display) a second display (for example, the error display shown in FIG. 19(b)). .

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, depending on the situation of the game machine, the notification sound (first notification sound) including at least the notification sound indicating that the door body is in an open state, and the notification sound of a certain error. It is possible to use different notification sounds (second notification sounds) to encourage resolution, which increases convenience. In addition, if the power is turned on while a certain operation is being performed, a certain error has not been resolved, and the door body is in an open state, it is recommended to change the setting value rather than the certain error. In order to prioritize, it is possible to execute setting value changes with priority over errors, while switching to the first display and displaying the second display in relation to the timing when the setting value change is completed. , it is possible to reliably notify that the setting value change has been completed.

In addition, in connection with the completion of the certain operation using the setting key (for example, at the timing when the setting key is removed from the keyhole after operating the setting key from on to off, or when the setting key is turned from on to off) The change of the setting value may be completed at the timing of the operation. Further, the first display may be a display suggesting that the setting value is being changed (for example, the setting change completion display shown in FIG. 19(a)), and the second display may be The display may be related to the certain error (for example, the error display shown in FIG. 19(b)).

Further, the sound output means always starts outputting the first notification sound when the door body is in an open state when the power is turned on, regardless of the presence or absence of the certain error. There may be.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to notification that the door body is in the open state, regardless of whether a certain error has occurred.

Furthermore, "switching to the first display and displaying a second display" means that after switching the first display to a certain display, the certain display is switched to the second display. For example, after switching a display indicating that the setting value is being changed to a setting change completion display indicating that the setting value change has been completed, the setting change completion display may be changed to a setting change completion display indicating that the setting value has been changed. You may switch to display.

<Hopper error notification/setting confirmation mode>
Next, error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to the setting confirmation mode will be explained.

FIGS. 20(a) to 21(a) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, an example of error notification of a hopper error when transitioning to the setting confirmation mode.

<Hopper error notification/power on>
The state shown in FIG. 20(a) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

The state shown in FIG. 20(b) is a state in which an employee of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and operates the power switch disposed inside the main body 101 to turn on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open").

<Hopper error notification/start of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 20(c) is a state in which a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned on, and preparations such as initial settings have been completed.

The state shown in FIG. 20(c) is the same as the state explained using FIG. 10(d), so a detailed explanation will be omitted. Error) continues, so by displaying an error code (in this example, "E4") using the payout number display 127 (first notification means), it is possible to confirm that a hopper error has occurred. A hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is performed, and segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 is lit in red to indicate that a hopper error has occurred. Make a notification (second notification).

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

<Hopper error notification/door opening → Operate setting key after power is turned on>
The state shown in FIG. 20(d) is a state in which the setting key is turned on from off while the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues.

In the slot machine 100, if a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) occurs when a certain operation is performed using a setting key (operation to turn on from off) after the power is turned on, The certain error is prioritized and the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) and the second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190). is executed and a certain error is resolved, it is possible to shift to a state where the setting values can be confirmed (setting confirmation mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 20(d), a certain operation (turning from off to on) was performed using the setting key, but in this example, a certain operation (turning from off to on) using the setting key was performed. If a hopper error (certain error) occurs when the hopper error (certain error) occurs, the hopper error (certain error) is prioritized, so the setting value can be confirmed without changing to the state (setting confirmation mode). , Hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number display 127 and hopper error notification (second notification) by the segment f of the main board display 190 are performed (continued).

According to this example, notification of a certain error is given priority over setting confirmation, so it is possible to deal with the error quickly, and it is also possible to take time to check the settings after dealing with the error. This can prevent situations such as forgetting to check settings or forgetting set values.

<Error notification of hopper error/resolution of connection error → end of second notification>
The state shown in FIG. 20(e) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been satisfied).

The state shown in FIG. 20(e) is the same as the state described using FIG. 10(e), so a detailed explanation will be omitted. Since the first condition is met), the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued, while the second notification (hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) is continued. end.

According to this example, the first notification is continued even when a part of the cause of a certain error has been resolved, so it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved. , the second notification ends, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the staff of the game parlor and the like.

In this state, the setting key continues to be on, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the setting value cannot be checked (setting confirmation mode).

<Operation of hopper error error notification/reset button → End first notification → Shift to setting confirmation mode>
The state shown in FIG. 20(f) is a state in which the reset button is operated in order to eliminate a hopper error (a certain error) (the second condition is satisfied by the first operation).

In the same state, since the reset button was operated to resolve the hopper error (the second condition was met), segment a (third notification means) of the main board display 190 lights up in red. As a result, a reset button operation notification (third notification) indicating that the reset button has been operated is performed, and since the hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button, the first notification ( Hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is ended.

In addition, in the same state, when the setting key is on, the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved, so the state shifts to a state where the setting values can be confirmed (setting confirmation mode), but the front door 102 is opened. Therefore, the door body does not start outputting the settings confirmation notification sound (in this example, the sound "Settings are being checked") indicating that the settings can be confirmed. The speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open") indicating that the door is in the open state.

According to this example, when the door is opened during setting confirmation, the notification sound indicating the door opening is output while the notification sound indicating the setting confirmation is not output, so the notification sound indicating the door opening can be highlighted. A clerk at a game parlor or the like can reliably know that the door is open.

In addition, in the same state, the display including the setting confirmation display (in this example, the display of the character string "Setting confirmation") indicating that the setting values can be confirmed is changed to the third display mode (the main display mode). In the example, the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 is displayed in a display mode in which a character string "Settings Checking" is placed at the upper left of a gray background image.

According to this example, when the door is opened while the settings are being checked, a notification sound indicating that the settings are being checked is not outputted, but a display indicating that the settings are being checked is displayed, so the clerk at the game parlor etc. can be informed by the display that the settings are being checked. can be reliably grasped visually.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamps 144 flash in red, and a notification ( Open announcement).

According to this example, the light emitting means alerts the game store clerk that the door body is open while the settings are being checked (indicating that the settings are being checked or that there is a possibility of fraudulent activity, etc.). etc. can be reliably informed.

<Hopper error notification/hopper error resolution → front door closing>
The state shown in FIG. 21(a) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a clerk at the gaming parlor after the hopper error is resolved.

The state shown in FIG. 21(a) is the same as the state described using FIG. 11(a), so detailed explanation will be omitted. In this state, the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102. Therefore, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an opening notification (flashing red), the speakers 272 and 277 output an opening notification sound (sound saying "The door is open"), and the main board display. While the door opening error notification (red lighting of segment e) by the device 190 is terminated, the storage number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue to light up, and the liquid crystal display 157 continues to display the normal screen. The lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As explained above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, display 127), a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 10(d)), and a setting means capable of setting one of the plurality of setting values. , if a certain operation is performed using a setting key after the power is turned on, the setting value shifts to a state where the setting value can be confirmed, and the first notification means During at least part of the period in which an error (for example, a hopper error) is occurring (or the entire period in which a certain error is occurring), the first notification (for example, the payout number display 127 hopper error notification), and the second notification means is a means capable of starting a hopper error notification) during at least a part of the period during which the certain error occurs (or during the period during which the certain error occurs). ), the second notification (for example, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) can be started, and the certain error is detected when the first condition is satisfied ( This is an error that is resolved when the second condition is met (for example, the reset button is operated or a door reset is performed) after the connection abnormality of the hopper error is resolved. , when the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and if the first condition is satisfied thereafter, the first notification is continued while the first notification is started. If the second notification is completed, the power is cut off with the certain error occurring, and the certain operation is performed using the setting key after the power is turned on, the first notification and After the second notification is executed and the certain error is resolved (for example, after all errors have been resolved in the case where multiple errors have occurred, or after multiple errors have occurred) The gaming machine is characterized in that it is possible (or it is always possible to shift) to a state in which the set value can be confirmed (after some errors are resolved in the case where the set value is corrected).

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, since notification of a certain error is given priority over setting confirmation, it is possible to quickly deal with the error, and it is also possible to take time after dealing with the error. This allows you to check the settings, thereby preventing situations where you forget to check the settings or forget the set values.

In addition, since the first notification continues even if a part of the cause of an error has been resolved, it is possible to notify that a certain error has not been completely resolved, and the second notification can be made. Since the notification is terminated, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a first notification means (for example, the payout number display 127 shown in FIGS. 8(d) and 8(e)). , a second notification means (for example, segment f of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(d)), and a setting means capable of setting one of the plurality of setting values. If the game machine is operated with a setting key after the power is turned on (hereinafter referred to as "setting operation"), the setting value will be changed to a state where it can be confirmed, and the first notification will be sent. The means is configured to prevent the error (for example, a hopper error) from occurring during at least a portion of the period during which the error occurs (or for the entire period during which the error occurs). The second notification means is a means that can start a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) indicating that a certain error has occurred. A second notification (for example, a segment of the main board display 190) indicating that a certain error has occurred during a part of the period (or the entire period during which the certain error is occurring) hopper error notification), and the certain error is caused by a certain operation being performed after the cause of the certain error has been resolved (for example, the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved). When the certain error occurs, at least the first notification and the second notification are started, and then the certain error occurs. If the cause of the error is resolved and the certain operation is not performed, the first notification is continued, the second notification is terminated, and the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring. However, if the setting operation is performed after the power is turned on, at least the second notification is started, and after the certain error is resolved, the setting value can be confirmed. This is a game machine that is characterized by the fact that:

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, since notification of a certain error is given priority over setting confirmation, it is possible to quickly deal with the error, and it is also possible to take time after dealing with the error. This allows you to check the settings, thereby preventing situations where you forget to check the settings or forget the set values.

Furthermore, even if the cause of a certain error has been resolved, if a certain operation that could have resolved the certain error has not been performed, the first indication that the certain error has occurred will be displayed. While continuing the notification, the second notification indicating that a certain error has occurred is terminated. It is possible to notify that a related state has changed, and by continuing the first notification, a certain operation that can eliminate a certain error has not been performed, and a certain error has been completely resolved. It is possible to notify that something is not being done, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of store staff at the game parlor.

Note that the third notification means (for example, segment a of the main board display 190 shown in FIG. 8(f)) and a certain operation means (for example, a reset button) are provided, and the second notification means and The third notification means is disposed inside the casing of the game machine on the same board, and the certain operation is an operation of the certain operation means (for example, an operation of a reset button). When the certain operation is performed (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the third notification means sends a third notification indicating that the certain operation is being performed. It is a means that can start notification (for example, reset button operation notification by segment a of the main board display 190), and in the first case, the certain error is resolved and the first notification ends. There may be.

The display means starts displaying an error when the certain error occurs, and displays the error display until the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may be a means to do so.

Further, the sound output means is provided with a sound output means, and when the certain error occurs, the sound output means starts sound notification regarding the certain error, and when the cause of the certain error is eliminated and the certain operation is performed. It may also be a means for continuing the audio notification until the notification is received.

<Modified example of setting change mode/setting change mode>
Next, before explaining a modification of the setting change mode, a normal setting change mode will be explained.

FIGS. 22(a) to 23(b) are diagrams chronologically showing examples of setting change operations in the normal setting change mode.

<Modified example of setting change mode/Power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 22(a) is a state in which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has not occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

The state shown in FIG. 22(b) is a state in which the store clerk or the like at the gaming parlor opens the front door 102, turns the setting key from off to on, and then turns on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open").

<Modified example of setting change mode/Moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 22(c) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered in a state in which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has not occurred.

In the same state, since the mode has shifted to setting change mode, the display including the setting changing display (in this example, the display of the character string "Settings changing") indicating that the setting value can be changed. It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in a first display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "settings changing" is placed in the center of a yellow background image).

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound indicating that the setting value can be changed (in this example, "Settings are being changed. ”), the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound (in this example, the sound “The door is open”) indicating that the door body is in the open state.

<Modified example of setting change mode/Setting change mode (door open → door closed)>
The state shown in FIG. 22(d) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the open state to the closed state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In the same state, the second display mode (in this example, the display including the setting changing display (in this example, the display of the character string "Settings changing") indicating that the setting value can be changed) is displayed. , a character string "Changing Settings" is placed in the upper left of the green background image, and the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 is indicate.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is closed in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "Settings are being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. !” is output from the speakers 272 and 277.

As explained using FIGS. 22(c) and 22(d), according to this example, when the door is open during the setting change, the notification sound during the setting change is not output, but when the door is closed during the setting change. In the state, a notification sound is output when the settings are being changed, so the door open and door closed states can be linked with the presence or absence of the notification sound when the settings are being changed, providing a gaming machine with unique notification means. can do. In addition, when the door is open, a notification sound alerts the gaming parlor that the door is open while settings are being changed (settings may have been changed or fraudulent activity may have occurred). It is possible to reliably notify the store clerk, etc., and when the door is closed, the notification sound can reliably notify the store clerk, etc. of the game parlor that the setting change has not been completed.

Further, in the setting change mode of this example, a setting screen (operation check setting screen) on which an operation check can be started is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. By operating the cross key 193 (operating means), a clerk at the game parlor or the like can arbitrarily select any one of the speaker check, accessory check, and performance button check on the setting screen.

<Modified example of setting change mode/Setting change mode (door closed → door open)>
The state shown in FIG. 22(e) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In this state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "Settings are being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. The speaker 272, 277 outputs an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open") indicating that the door body is open, without starting to output the sound. A lamp 142, a side lamp 144, and a performance button 192 are blinked in red to notify that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification).

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the settings change mode, the display including the setting change in progress display (in this example, the display of the character string "Settings changing") is It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "settings changing" is placed in the center of a yellow background image).

<Modified example of setting change mode/setting change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 22(f) is a state in which the setting value is being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 23(a) is a state in which the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 22(f), while displaying the set value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, the currently set set value 1 to 6 is displayed. The setting value is changed from setting 1 to setting 6 by adding 1 to the setting value, and when a push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6. do.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 23(a), since the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed, the setting changing display is ended, and the setting change indicating that the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed. A completion display (in this example, a screen in which a character string "setting change completed" is placed in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

<Modified example of setting change mode/Exiting setting change mode>
In the state shown in FIG. 23(b), a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off), the setting change mode ends, and the front door is closed. 102 is changed from a closed state to an open state.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound ("Door While the main board display 190 ends the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), the number of stored coins display 125 and the number of dispensed coins display 127 light up. While continuing to display the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

<Modified example of setting change mode/setting confirmation mode>
Next, before explaining a modification of the setting change mode, a normal setting confirmation mode will be explained.

FIGS. 23(c) to 24(b) are diagrams chronologically showing examples of setting confirmation operations in the normal setting confirmation mode.

<Modified example of setting change mode/Operating the setting key after turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 23(c) is a state in which a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has not occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

The state shown in FIG. 23(d) is a state in which an employee of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and operates the power switch disposed inside the main body 101 to turn on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. Then, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open").

<Modified example of setting change mode/Moving to setting confirmation mode>
The state shown in FIG. 23(e) is a state in which the setting confirmation mode has been entered.

In this state, since the front door 102 is open, a setting confirmation notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "Settings are being confirmed") indicating that the setting values can be confirmed is output. The speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open") indicating that the door body is in an open state without starting the process.

According to this example, when the door is opened during setting confirmation, the notification sound indicating the door opening is output while the notification sound indicating the setting confirmation is not output, so the notification sound indicating the door opening can be highlighted. A clerk at a game parlor or the like can reliably know that the door is open.

In addition, in the same state, the display including the setting confirmation display (in this example, the display of the character string "Setting confirmation") indicating that the setting values can be confirmed is changed to the third display mode (the main display mode). In the example, the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 is displayed in a display mode in which a character string "Settings Checking" is placed at the upper left of a gray background image.

According to this example, when the door is opened while the settings are being checked, a notification sound indicating that the settings are being checked is not outputted, but a display indicating that the settings are being checked is displayed, so the clerk at the game parlor etc. can be informed by the display that the settings are being checked. can be reliably grasped visually.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamps 144 flash in red, and a notification ( Open announcement).

According to this example, the light emitting means alerts the game store clerk that the door body is open while the settings are being checked (indicating that the settings are being checked or that there is a possibility of fraudulent activity, etc.). etc. can be reliably informed.

<Modified example of setting change mode/Exiting setting confirmation mode>
The state shown in FIG. 24(a) is a state in which a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off) and the setting confirmation mode has ended. The state shown in FIG. 3B is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from a closed state to an open state.

In the state shown in FIG. 24(a), since the setting confirmation mode has ended, the storage number display 125 and the payout number display 127 are turned on and the normal screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display 157, while the front door 102 is turned on. Since the door is open, an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open") is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and production button are output. 192 flashes in red to notify that the front door 102 is open (open notification).

In the state shown in FIG. 24(b), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 are used to notify the opening. While the output of the open notification sound (voice saying "The door is open") and the door open error notification (red lighting of segment e) by the main board display 190 are terminated, the number of stored coins display 125 and the number of coins to be paid out are terminated. In addition to continuing to light the display 127 and display the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to notify that the normal game can be started. conduct.

<Modified example of setting change mode/Setting change mode by operating setting keys after power-on>
Next, the setting change mode by operating the setting keys after the power is turned on will be explained.

FIGS. 24(c) to 25(f) are diagrams showing, in chronological order, an example of a setting change mode by operating a setting key after the power is turned on.

<Setting change mode by setting key operation after power-on>
The state shown in FIG. 24(c) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

The state shown in FIG. 24(d) is a state in which the clerk of the game parlor opens the front door 102 and turns on the power, and the state shown in FIG. 24(e) is the state shown in FIG. , the setting key has been turned from off to on.

In the case where the power is cut off while the slot machine 100 is experiencing a certain error (hopper error in this example), and the certain error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), After the power is turned on and before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127), a certain operation (main In the example, the configuration is such that when the setting key is turned on (from off to on), the setting value shifts to a changeable state (setting change mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 24(d), power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened, so the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and production button 192 flash in red. By doing so, a notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is provided (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, it is indicated that the front door 102 is in the open state. The door open error notification shown in FIG.

Furthermore, in the state shown in FIG. 24(e), the setting key is turned on from off before the error notification of the hopper error is started, so the setting change mode is entered.

According to this example, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor and the like.

The subsequent states shown in FIGS. 25(a) to 25(f) are almost the same as the states described using FIGS. 16(e) to 17(d), so a detailed explanation will be omitted. The state shown in FIG. 25(a) is a state in which the front door 102 is changed from the closed state to the open state while the setting key is kept on after shifting to the setting change mode.

In this state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound (in this example, "Settings are being changed") indicates that the setting value can be changed. The speaker 272, 277 outputs an opening notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open") indicating that the door body is open, without starting to output the sound. A lamp 142, a side lamp 144, and a performance button 192 are blinked in red to notify that the front door 102 is in an open state (open notification).

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the settings change mode, the display including the setting change in progress display (in this example, the display of the character string "Settings changing") is It is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 in one display mode (in this example, a display mode in which a character string "settings changing" is placed in the center of a yellow background image).

The state shown in FIG. 25(b) is a state in which the setting value is being changed, and the state shown in FIG. 25(c) is a state in which the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 25(b), while displaying the set value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, the currently set set value 1 to 6 is displayed. The setting value is changed from setting 1 to setting 6 by adding 1 to the setting value, and when a push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) is received, the setting value is fixed to setting 6. do.

In addition, in the state shown in FIG. 25(c), since the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed, the setting change in progress display is terminated, and the setting change indicating that the setting value has been determined and the setting change has been completed. A completion display (in this example, a screen in which a character string "setting change completed" is placed in the center of a yellow background image) is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

The state shown in FIG. 25(d) is a state in which a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned off from on) and the setting change mode has ended.

In this state, the hopper error (certain error) continues and the setting change mode (state where the setting value can be changed) has ended, so the first notification (in this example, the number of dispensed coins display) 127) and a second notification (in this example, the hopper error notification using segment f of the main board display 190).

At the same time, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (in this example, a character string displaying "Hopper error. Please call an attendant") is displayed. , Since preparations such as initial settings are completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

According to this example, since the state shifts to the error state after the setting change operation is completed, it is possible to prevent the user from forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and to ensure that the error is resolved before starting the game. be able to.

In the state shown in FIG. 25(e), the hopper error connection abnormality has been resolved (the first condition has been met), so the first notification (hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) is continued. On the other hand, the second notification (hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) is ended.

In the state shown in FIG. 25(f), the reset button is operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition is met), and the hopper error (certain error) is resolved, so the first notification is issued. (Hopper error notification by payout number display 127) ends.

In addition, in the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detected the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 issued an opening notification (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 issued an opening notification sound ( The main board display 190 outputs a voice saying "The door is open") and the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red). In addition to continuing the lighting and display of the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.) and one of a plurality of setting values can be set. and a setting means, wherein the notification means is configured to provide a first notification (for example, by a payout number display 127) indicating that at least a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has occurred. Hopper error notification, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190). may not be resolved (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), and if the power is turned on while a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning on from off) is performed. is in a state where the setting value can be changed (e.g., setting change mode), and if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the setting value is in a state where it can be confirmed (e.g., setting confirmation mode). mode), and in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts, the set value becomes changeable. This is a game machine characterized by being able to transfer (or be transferable).

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and the first notification is started, the set value is also changed to a changeable state. It is also possible that the set value does not shift to a state where it can be confirmed, but instead enters an error state, and when the error state is resolved, the set value shifts to a state where it can be confirmed.

With such a configuration, since the game cannot be started unless the error is resolved, the error can be reliably resolved and the setting values can be confirmed before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started, the set value changes to a changeable state. , the error state may be entered after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is being performed, the setting value transitions to a changeable state, and after the setting change operation is completed, an error state occurs. It may be something that migrates.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, if the power is cut off while an error other than the above-mentioned error (for example, an error that can be resolved by changing settings (medal insertion error 2, etc.)) is occurring, and the power is turned on, the above-mentioned If the certain operation is performed before the first notification starts, the setting value will be changed to a changeable state, and after the setting change operation is completed (or the setting value will be changed to a changeable state). (after the end of the game), the state may be changed to a state in which the game can be played without the state being changed to an error state.

With this configuration, if a minor error or an error that can be resolved by changing the settings occurs, the game can be continued without entering the error state, increasing the operating rate of the gaming machine. can.

In addition, when the power is turned on, an error other than the above-mentioned certain error (for example, an error that can be resolved by changing the settings (medal insertion error 2, etc.)) occurs, and the power is turned off, and the certain operation is performed. When the power is turned on in a state in which the setting value is changed, the setting value shifts to a changeable state and after the setting change operation is completed (or after the setting value changeable state ends) It may be possible to shift to a state where a game can be played without shifting to an error state.

With this configuration, if a minor error or an error that can be resolved by changing the settings occurs, the game can be continued without entering the error state, increasing the operating rate of the gaming machine. can.

Note that the above-mentioned certain errors are errors that cannot be resolved by changing the settings or checking the settings (for example, hopper empty error, hopper error, medal insertion error 1 (medal insertion jam), medal dispensing error 1 (medal dispensing jam), medal dispensing error 3 (unauthorized payout), overflow abnormality). Further, the other error may be an error that can be resolved by changing settings (for example, RAM failure (RWM abnormality), winning abnormality (winning symbol abnormality), backup abnormality). Furthermore, the other error may be an error that cannot be resolved by checking the settings.

Here, settings can be changed when the power is turned on after a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off) is performed, and when a certain error occurs after the power is turned on. This includes both cases where a certain operation is performed before the first notification indicating that an error has occurred, and errors that are resolved by changing the settings will move to a state where the setting value can be changed. This is an error that is resolved when the setting value is changed (or the setting value is not changed) and the setting value is no longer changeable (when a certain operation is canceled). be.

<Various processing after power is turned on when a certain error remains>
Next, with reference to FIG. 26, various processes after the power is turned on in a state where a certain error has occurred will be described.

FIG. 26(a) is a diagram showing the flow of various processes in chronological order when the power is turned on with a certain error occurring and the setting change mode is entered before the error notification. Figure (b) shows the flow of various processes in chronological order when an error notification is executed without transitioning to setting change mode after the power is turned on while a certain error has occurred. It is a diagram.

<Various processing after power-on/power-off processing when a certain error remains>
The timing indicated by the symbol T1 in FIGS. 26(a) and 26(b) is, for example, when a power switch disposed inside the main body 101 is activated when a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has occurred in the slot machine 100. This is the timing at which the power to the slot machine 100 is cut off (stopped) by an operation to turn off the slot machine 100 . Note that the cause of the power cutoff is not limited to the operation of turning off the power switch, but may also be caused by a power outage, a momentary interruption of the power supply, or the like.

As explained using FIG. 5, the main control unit 300 of the slot machine 100 determines whether the low voltage signal is on (if the monitored voltage is less than 9V) in step S209 of the main control unit timer interrupt processing. If the low voltage signal is on (if a power cutoff is detected), in step S211, specific variables and stack pointers are set to return to the state at power cutoff when power is restored. is saved in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as recovery data, and after performing power-off processing such as initialization of input/output ports, the main control unit main processing shown in FIG. 4 is returned.

At the timing indicated by the symbol T1 in FIGS. 26(a) and 26(b), the power to the slot machine 100 is cut off, and the main control unit 300 detects the power cutoff, so after executing the power cutoff process, the main control unit 300 is turned off. Return to control unit main processing.

<Various processing/initial setting processing after power-on when a certain error remains>
In FIGS. 26(a) and 26(b), the timing indicated by the symbol T2 is the timing when the power is turned on to the slot machine 100, and the subsequent timing indicated by the symbol T3 is the timing when the voltage value of the power supply of the main control unit 300 is turned on. This is the timing when the value is reached and the main control unit 300 is activated.

For example, when an operation is performed to turn on the power switch, the power is turned on to the slot machine 100, and then, when the voltage value of the power supply of the main control unit 300 reaches a predetermined value (for example, 4.5V), the slot machine 100 is turned on. In the example, at the timing indicated by the symbol T3), the main control unit 300 (main CPU) is started, and the main control unit main processing shown in FIG. 4 is started, and in step S101 of the same processing, various initial setting processing Begins.

In this initial setting process, first, power is supplied to peripheral devices such as the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500, and after various initial settings are performed, the state is returned to the state at the time of power outage. Until then, a predetermined standby period (for example, 200ms) is performed, and at the timing when the standby time has elapsed and it is determined that the low voltage signal is off (the monitored voltage is 9V or more) (in this example, , at the timing shown by reference numeral T5 in FIGS. 26(a) and 26(b)), it is determined whether a certain operation by the setting key (in this example, an operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON) is detected.

<Various processing after power-on with a certain error remaining/initial setting processing → Setting change>
The slot machine 100 operates at least for a period of time after the power is turned on and before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (for example, hopper error notification) is started. The system determines whether a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning the setting key from on to off) is performed, and when a certain operation using the setting key is performed, the setting value can be changed. (e.g., a configuration change mode).

In the example shown in FIG. 26(a), the timing shown by reference numeral T4 in the figure is ``after the power is turned on, and the first notification (for example, Because a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning the setting key from on to off) was performed during at least a part of the period before the hopper error notification (hopper error notification) was started, the waiting time indicated by the symbol T5 At the timing when T6 is completed, it is determined that a certain operation using the setting key has been performed, and after executing processing for transitioning to the setting change mode, the transition to the setting change mode is made at the timing indicated by reference numeral T6.

Note that the timing of a certain operation using a setting key that is a condition for transitioning to the setting change mode is not limited to the standby period of the main control unit 300 (period from code T3 to code T5) in this example, 100) after the power is turned on and before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred starts. Therefore, for example, the timing after the standby period (period from symbol T3 to symbol T5) of the main control unit 300 in this example has elapsed, for example, the timing indicated by symbol T4' in FIG. The notification may be at a certain timing during at least a part of the period after the standby time of the unit 300 has elapsed and before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred is started.

<Various processing/initial setting processing after power-on with a certain error remaining → Error notification>
On the other hand, in the slot machine 100, "at least a portion of the time after the power is turned on and before the first notification (for example, hopper error notification) indicating that a certain error has occurred is started." If a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning the setting key from on to off) is not performed during the "period", the setting value will not be changed to a state where it can be changed (for example, setting change mode). It is configured.

In the example shown in FIG. 26(b), since a certain operation using the setting key was not performed during the standby period of the main control unit 300 (period from code T3 to code T5), the main control unit 300 When it is determined that the voltage signal is off (the monitored voltage is 9V or more), the stack initial value is set to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, interrupts are disabled, the I/O 310 is initialized, and the RAM 308 is set. It performs restoration processing such as initial setting of various variables stored in the controller, operation permission for the WDT 314, and setting of initial values. Then, as a result of the main control unit 300 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and register, the slot machine 100 returns to the state at power-off.

For example, if a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning the setting key from on to off) is not performed while a certain error (for example, hopper error) remains, the main control unit 300, after executing the recovery process when the power is cut off, the first notification (for example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127) and the second notification are sent, for example, at the timing shown by the symbol T7 in FIG. Notification (for example, hopper error notification by segment f of main board display 190) is started, and an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of liquid crystal display device 157 (for example, in this example, " Hopper error. Please call staff." is displayed.

It should be noted that the error notification is started during a period including the timing indicated by the symbol T8 in FIG. In this example, if a certain operation is performed using a setting key during the "period of Although error notification is started without transitioning to confirmation mode, if priority is given to transition to setting confirmation mode over error notification, it may be configured to transition to setting confirmation mode. Furthermore, in the case of such a configuration, the error notification may be started when the confirmation of the set value is completed.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 1)>
Next, using FIGS. 27 and 28, a description will be given of a setting change (Modification 1) when a certain error remains.

FIGS. 27(a) to 28(j) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modification example 1) when a certain error remains. In this example, if a certain operation is performed using the setting key after the power is turned on and error notification is started, the setting value does not change to a state where it can be checked.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Before turning on the power (error remaining)>
The state shown in FIG. 27(a) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 27(b) is a state in which an employee of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and operates the power switch disposed inside the main body 101 to turn on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. conduct.

In addition, in the same state, since the power has been turned on to the slot machine 100, a power-on display (first display; At the same time, since the restoration process such as initial setting has been completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Error notification>
The state shown in FIG. 27(c) is a state in which a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned on and restoration processing such as initial settings has been completed.

In this state, since the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues, the payout number display 127 (first notification means) is used to display an error code (in this example, "E4"). ) to perform a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred, and also to light up segment f (second notification means) of the main board display 190 in red. As a result, a hopper error notification (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is performed.

At the same time, a hopper error display (first notification or second display) indicating that a hopper error has occurred is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Hopper error. Please call staff. '') is displayed, and the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound (in this example, a voice saying ``The door is open'').

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 27(d) is a state in which the setting key is turned on from off while the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on continues.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first ), after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and the hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) If a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from off to on) is performed after the display (display) has started (in the second case), the setting value can be checked. (In this example, the configuration is such that the mode does not shift to setting confirmation mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 28(d), a certain operation using the setting key (turning the setting key from OFF to ON) was performed, but in this example, when the power was turned on, a hopper error (a certain error occurred). ) has not been resolved (first case), the hopper error (certain error) is given priority.

Therefore, in the same state, even if a certain operation using the setting key is performed after the hopper error notification (first notification) has started (second case), the setting value can be confirmed. state (setting confirmation mode), the hopper error notification (first notification) from the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification (first notification) from the segment f of the main board display 190, and the liquid crystal display. The display device 157 continues to display the hopper error (first notification or second display), and since the front door 102 is open, the speakers 272 and 277 repeatedly output an open notification sound.

According to this example, notification of a certain error is prioritized over checking the settings, so it is possible to deal with the error quickly, and it is also possible to take sufficient time to check the settings after dealing with the error. This makes it possible to prevent situations such as forgetting to check settings or forgetting set values.

Note that the "first notification" according to the present invention is not limited to the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and the hopper error display by the liquid crystal display device 157. Instead of (or in addition to) these notifications, notifications by sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277) (for example, ``Hopper error It is also possible to apply notifications (e.g., flashing red light, etc.) by means of a voice (e.g., "I'm here") or light output means (e.g., upper lamp 142, side lamp 144) (the same applies to other embodiments).

Further, the "first notification" according to the present invention may be "a notification indicating that at least a certain error has occurred", and for example, an open notification indicating that the door body is in an open state (e.g. , a sound or display such as "The door is open"), or a setting change notification indicating that the setting value can be changed (for example, a sound or display such as "Settings are being changed"), etc. (The same applies to other embodiments).

In addition, in this specification, "first notification," "second notification," "third notification," etc., "first", "second", "second notification", etc. Numbers such as "3" are for convenience to distinguish between multiple "notifications", and the content of the invention is not limited by these numbers, and any number may be assigned. The same applies to numbers added before characters such as "notification means", "display", and "case".

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Returning setting keys>
The state shown in FIG. 27(e) is a state in which the setting key has been turned back from on to off.

In the same state, since the setting key has only been turned back from on to off, the hopper error notification (first notification) is sent by the payout number display 127, and the hopper error notification (first notification) is sent by the segment f of the main board display 190. In addition to continuing the error notification (first notification) and hopper error display (first notification or second display) on the liquid crystal display device 157, since the front door 102 is in the open state, the speakers 272 and 277 , repeatedly outputs the release notification sound.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Resolving connection abnormality>
The state shown in FIG. 27(f) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been satisfied).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality of the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is met), the hopper error notification (first notification) is continued by the payout number display 127, while the main board display The hopper error notification (first notification) by segment f of 190 is ended.

According to this example, even if a part of the cause of a certain error is eliminated, the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number display 127 is continued, so that a certain error is completely eliminated. In order to notify that the error has not been resolved and to terminate the hopper error notification (first notification) by segment f of the main board display 190, it is possible to notify that the state has changed in relation to a certain error. This makes it possible to improve the work efficiency and convenience of game store clerks and the like.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Reset button operation>
The state shown in Figure 28 (g) is a hopper error that occurred before the power was turned on, when the reset button was operated to resolve a hopper error (a certain error) (the second condition was satisfied by the first operation). (certain error) has been resolved.

In the same state, since the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved by operating the reset button, the hopper error notification (first notification) by the payout number display 127 is terminated, and the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 is , a demonstration screen is displayed instead of the hopper error display (first notification or second display).

In the slot machine 100 of this example, after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and a hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display 157) If a certain operation is performed using the setting key (in the second case) after the hopper error display (hopper error display) has started, an error state will occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value will be able to be confirmed. is configured to do so.

In the state shown in FIG. 28(g), since the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on has been resolved, it becomes possible to shift to the setting confirmation mode (a state in which the setting values can be confirmed).

Although this example shows an example in which a certain error is resolved by operating the reset button, the present invention is not limited to this, and operation by one or more operating means other than the reset button (for example, Certain errors can be resolved by operating the setting increment button, pressing the reset button and a certain operating device at the same time, pressing or repeatedly pressing a certain operating device, operating a touch panel, operating a DIP switch, etc.) There may be.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 28(h) is a state in which the setting key is turned on from off and the setting confirmation mode is entered.

In this state, when the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved, a certain operation using the setting key (turning from off to on) is performed, so the mode shifts to setting confirmation mode and the number of stored sheets is displayed. While displaying the set value using the device 125 (in this example, the number "03" indicating that the current set value is setting 3), the front door 102 is opened. Therefore, the door body must be in an open state without starting to output the settings confirmation notification sound (in this example, the sound "Settings are being confirmed") indicating that the settings can be confirmed. The speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound indicating that the door is open (in this example, a sound saying "the door is open").

According to this example, when the door is opened during setting confirmation, the notification sound indicating the door opening is output while the notification sound indicating the setting confirmation is not output, so the notification sound indicating the door opening can be highlighted. A clerk at a game parlor or the like can reliably know that the door is open.

In addition, in the same state, in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, instead of displaying the demo screen, a setting confirmation display (in this example, "Setting confirmation") indicating that the setting values can be confirmed is displayed. Display images (including displaying text strings).

According to this example, when the door is opened while the settings are being checked, a notification sound indicating that the settings are being checked is not outputted, but a display indicating that the settings are being checked is displayed, so the clerk at the game parlor etc. can be informed by the display that the settings are being checked. can be reliably grasped visually.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamps 144 flash in red, and a notification ( Open announcement).

According to this example, the light emitting means alerts the game store clerk that the door body is open while the settings are being checked (indicating that the settings are being checked or that there is a possibility of fraudulent activity, etc.). etc. can be reliably informed.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Returning setting keys>
The state shown in FIG. 28(i) is a state in which the setting key has been turned from on to off, and the setting confirmation mode has ended.

In the same state, since the setting confirmation mode has ended, the storage number display 125 finishes displaying the setting value, and the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a demo screen instead of the setting confirmation display. .

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 1)/Closing the front door>
The state shown in FIG. 28(j) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by an employee of the game parlor or the like.

In the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 output an open notification (blinking red), and the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound ("Door While the main board display 190 ends the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red), the number of stored coins display 125 and the number of dispensed coins display 127 light up. While continuing to display the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As explained above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.) and one of a plurality of setting values can be set. a setting means, and the notifying means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main notification) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). Hopper error notification by segment f of board display 190, hopper error notification by liquid crystal display 157) is a means that can start hopper error notification by segment f of board display 190, and hopper error notification by liquid crystal display device 157), and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the above-mentioned certain error is occurring. In some cases, the error may not be resolved (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), and the power is cut off when no error occurs, and a certain operation using the setting key (for example, from OFF to If the power is turned on while the power is turned on (turning on operation), the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), and the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs; If the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the setting value will be in a state where it can be checked (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, after the power is turned on. If the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the first notification is started, the setting value becomes changeable, and in the first case, the power supply If the certain operation is performed after the first notification is started (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"), for example, the error shown in FIG. 27(d) The gaming machine is characterized in that the set value cannot be checked if a setting key is operated after the notification is started.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if a certain operation is performed using the setting key after the power is turned on and the first notification has started, the setting value will not be able to be confirmed, so you will not be able to confirm the setting. Notification of certain errors is given priority, allowing you to deal with errors quickly, and taking the time to check settings after dealing with errors. It is possible to prevent a situation where the value is forgotten.

Further, even if an error state occurs in the second case (a state in which an error occurs and the error is not resolved), and the set value becomes checkable when the error state is resolved, good.

With such a configuration, the set values cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, so the error can be reliably resolved, and the set values can be reliably confirmed before starting the game. can.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts, the set value becomes changeable. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the set value can be changed (without transitioning to a state where the set value can be checked). This may result in an error state after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 2)>
Next, using FIGS. 29 and 30, a description will be given of a setting change (modification 2) when a certain error remains.

FIGS. 29(a) to 30(k) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 2) when a certain error remains.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Before turning on the power (error remaining)>
The state shown in FIG. 29(a) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 29(b) is a state in which a clerk at the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and turns on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. conduct.

In addition, in the same state, since the power has been turned on to the slot machine 100, a power-on display (first display; At the same time, since preparations such as initial settings have been completed, the storage number display 125 is lit.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 29(c) is a state in which the setting key is turned on from off before the notification of a hopper error (a certain error), and the state shown in FIG. The power to the slot machine 100 is cut off before the value change is completed.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power has been turned on, the first display (display that starts displaying in connection with the power being turned on. In this example, the power-on display indicating that the power has been turned on) ) to the second display (display displayed as part of the first notification; in this example, an error display indicating that a hopper error has occurred), a certain operation using the setting key ( In this example, the setting value is configured to shift to a changeable state when an operation of turning the setting key from off to on is performed.

In the state shown in FIG. 29(c), after the power is turned on and before the power-on display (first display) switches to the error display (second display), a certain operation using the setting key ( The process of transitioning to setting change mode has started since the user performed an operation (turning the settings key from off to on). In this example, as shown in FIG. 29(d), the power to the slot machine 100 is cut off (power cut off) before the setting value change is completed, so the setting value change is completed. I haven't.

According to this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error is occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power is turned on, and is set before switching from the first display (the display that starts displaying in connection with the power being turned on) to the second display (the display that is displayed as part of the first notification). When a certain key operation is performed, the set value changes to a state where it can be changed, so the set value can be changed even after the power is turned on, which increases the convenience of employees at game parlors, etc. can.

Note that the "first display" according to the present invention may be "a display that starts displaying in connection with turning on the power," for example, (in connection with turning on the power) It may be a display that suggests that initial settings are being performed (for example, a display that includes a character string such as "initial settings in progress" or "starting up").

Further, the "second display" according to the present invention may be any "display displayed as part of the first notification", for example, a display in which the error cannot be identified and which prompts the resolution of the error. (e.g., a display containing the string "Please call a store clerk"), a display that allows the error to be identified and indicates the type of error (e.g., a display containing the string "Medal Error"), etc. It may be.

Further, the "second display" according to the present invention is preferably a "display that includes a display that can identify the type of error", such as "medal error", "door is open", etc. The display may include the name of the error to identify the type of error, or may include an error code such as "E4" to identify the type of error.

Further, in the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) is occurring, and the certain error is not resolved when the power is turned on (the In case 1), after the power is turned on, the sound output means (speakers 272, 277 in this example) produces a certain sound (in this example, an open notification sound) The configuration is such that even if a certain operation is performed using a setting key before starting output of the setting value, the setting value can be changed.

In the state shown in FIG. 29(c), after the power is turned on and before the speakers 272, 277 (sound output means) start outputting the open notification sound (a certain sound), a certain operation using the setting key is performed. (Turning the setting key from off to on) has started the process of transitioning to setting change mode. In this example, as shown in FIG. 29(d), the power to the slot machine 100 is cut off (power cut off) before the setting value change is completed, so the setting value change is completed. I haven't.

According to this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error has occurred, and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power is turned on, Even if a certain operation is performed using the setting key after the power is turned on and before the sound output means starts outputting a certain sound, the setting value can be changed. Therefore, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Note that the "certain sound" according to the present invention is not limited to the release notification sound, but may also include an error sound indicating an error state (for example, a sound such as "Hopper error") or a sound indicating that the power is turned on. a power-on sound (e.g., a sound such as "The power has been turned on"), a setting change notification sound (e.g., a sound such as "Settings are being changed") indicating that settings are being changed, Setting confirmation sound that indicates that settings are being checked (e.g., "Settings are being checked"), and warning sound that indicates that initial settings are being made or preparations are being made (e.g., "Initial settings are in progress") , "We are preparing", etc.).

Further, the "certain sound" according to the present invention is preferably "the first sound output from the sound output means after the power is turned on", and is preferably a sound effect such as "ping" or "ping". It may be audio based on audio data, or it may be a song or the like.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Turning the power on again → changing settings>
The state shown in FIG. 29(e) is a state in which power is supplied to the slot machine 100 in the power-off state shown in FIG. 29(d).

In the state shown in FIG. 29(e), power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened, so the upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, and production button 192 flash in red. By doing so, a notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is provided (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, it is indicated that the front door 102 is in the open state. A door open error notification will be issued.

In addition, in the same state, since the power has been turned on to the slot machine 100, a power-on display (first display; At the same time, since preparations such as initial settings have been completed, the storage number display 125 is lit.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 29(f) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first case), the set value is changed. If the power is cut off before the change is completed and the power is turned on again, the set value can be changed.

In the state shown in Figure 29(f), the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error) has occurred, and if the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on, the set value is changed. Since the power was cut off before the change was completed and the power was turned on again, the setting change mode is entered and the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 shows that the setting value can be changed. A medium display (in this example, a display including the character string "Changing settings") is displayed.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, a setting change notification sound indicating that the setting value can be changed (in this example, "Settings are being changed. ”), the speakers 272 and 277 output an open notification sound (in this example, the sound “The door is open”) indicating that the door body is in the open state. Note that instead of (or in addition to) the release notification sound, a setting change notification sound may be output.

According to this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error is occurring, and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), the setting value cannot be changed. If the power is turned off without being completed and the power is turned on again, the setting value will be in a state where it can be changed, so changing the setting value can be given priority over notifying a certain error, and the setting value can be changed. It is possible to prevent forgetting to make changes.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Setting value change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 30(g) is a state in which setting values are being changed using the setting switch.

In the same state, while displaying the set value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, 1 is added to the currently set set values 1 to 6. In this example, the setting value is changed to setting 6.

<Setting change while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Setting change completed>
The state shown in FIG. 30(h) is a state after the set value is determined and the setting change is completed, but before a certain operation by the setting key is released (before the setting key is removed).

In the same state, since the push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) was accepted, the setting value was determined to setting 6, and the setting change mode ended, so the setting by the storage number display 125 At the same time, the setting change completion display (in this example, a yellow color Display a screen with the text "Settings changed completed" placed in the center of the background image.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Cancelling a certain operation of a setting key>
The state shown in FIG. 30(i) is a state in which a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off) and the setting change mode has ended.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first ), after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and the hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) If a certain operation is performed using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from on to off) during at least a part of the period before the display (display) starts, the setting value becomes changeable. The configuration is configured to transition to an error state related to a certain error in connection with the completion of the change of the setting value.

In the state shown in FIG. 30(i), the setting change mode (state where setting values can be changed) has been completed while a hopper error (certain error) remains, so the state shifts to an error state and the payout Hopper error notification by the number of sheets display 127 and hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190 are started, and an error display (main In the example, the character string "Hopper error. Please call an attendant" is displayed.

According to this example, the error state is entered after the setting value change is completed, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error will be reliably resolved before starting the game. can do.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Resolving connection abnormality>
The state shown in FIG. 30(j) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been satisfied).

In the same state, since the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is met), the hopper error notification is continued by the payout number display 127, and the hopper error is notified by the segment f of the main board display 190. End error notification.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 2)/Reset button operation>
The state shown in FIG. 30(k) is a hopper error that occurred before the power was turned on, when the reset button was operated to resolve a hopper error (a certain error) (the second condition was satisfied by the first operation). (certain error) has been resolved.

In the same state, the reset button is operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition is met), and the hopper error (certain error) is resolved, so the hopper error notification by the number of dispensed sheets display 127 is activated. finish.

In addition, in the same state, since the opening/closing sensor detected the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 issued an opening notification (flashing red), and the speakers 272 and 277 issued an opening notification sound ( The main board display 190 outputs a voice saying "The door is open") and the door open error notification (segment e lights up in red). In addition to continuing the lighting and display of the normal screen on the liquid crystal display device 157, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the performance button 192 are lit in a performance mode to notify that the normal game can be started.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277), and a plurality of a setting means capable of setting one of the setting values, the notifying means is configured to provide at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). For example, it is a means that can start a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190, and the power supply is turned off after the power is cut off while the above-mentioned certain error is occurring. There is a case (hereinafter referred to as the "first case") where a certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on, and the power is cut off without an error occurring, and a certain operation using the setting key ( For example, if the power is turned on while the operation (from OFF to ON) has been performed, the setting value will be in a state where it can be changed (for example, setting change mode), and the state will be in a state where no error has occurred. If the certain operation is performed after the power is turned off and the power is turned on, the setting value will be in a state where it can be checked (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the power is turned on. If the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period after the input is made and before the first notification is started, the setting value becomes changeable, and in the first case , after the power is turned on, the sound output means produces a certain sound (for example, an opening notification sound indicating that the door is in an open state (for example, a sound saying "The door is open") , an error sound that indicates an error condition (for example, a sound such as "Hopper error"), or a power-on sound that indicates that the power is turned on (for example, a sound such as "The power has been turned on") , settings change notification sound (e.g., "Settings are being changed") indicating that settings are being changed, and settings confirmation sound (e.g., "Settings are being changed"). (e.g., "Initial settings in progress", "Preparing", etc.) or a warning sound indicating that initial settings are being made or preparations are being made (e.g., "Initial settings in progress", "Preparing", etc.). The setting value can be changed even when an operation is performed (for example, when the setting key is turned on from off as shown in FIG. 29(c)). It's a game machine.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if the power is cut off while a certain error is occurring and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), if the power is turned off after the power is turned on, Even if a certain operation is performed using the setting key after the sound output means starts outputting a certain sound after the power is turned on and before the sound output means starts outputting a certain sound, the setting value will be changed to a state where the setting value can be changed. It is possible to change the set value even later, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. The setting value may not be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed.

With such a configuration, the set values cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, so the error can be reliably resolved, and the set values can be reliably confirmed before starting the game. can.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts, the set value becomes changeable. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value becomes changeable, and an error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. It may be something.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, the certain sound may be the first sound output from the sound output means after the power is turned on.

With such a configuration, by performing a certain operation before a certain sound is output for the first time, the setting value can be changed to a state where it can be changed, so the timing at which a certain operation should be performed can be changed. This can be known in advance, making it more convenient for game parlor staff and the like.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a payout number display 127, a stored number display 125, a speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and display means capable of displaying at least the first display and the second display (for example , a liquid crystal display device 157), and a setting means capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values, the notification means being configured to detect at least a certain error (for example, a hopper error). ) is a means that can start the first notification (for example, hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190) related to the above-mentioned certain error. When the power is turned on after the power is turned off in a state where the power is turned off, the error may not be resolved (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"). However, if the power is turned on while a certain operation (for example, turning on from off) is performed using a setting key, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode). If the power is cut off with no error occurring and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the setting value will be in a state where it can be confirmed (for example, setting confirmation mode), and the In the first case, the set value can be changed if the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts. The first display is a display that starts to be displayed in connection with the power being turned on (for example, the power-on display showing that the power has been turned on, as shown in FIG. 29(b)). and the second display is a display displayed as part of the first notification (for example, an error display showing that a hopper error has occurred as shown in FIG. 30(i)), In the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before switching from the first display to the second display (for example, as shown in FIG. 29(c) The gaming machine is characterized in that the setting value becomes changeable when the setting key is turned on from off (as shown in FIG. 1).

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if the power is cut off while a certain error is occurring and the certain error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), after the power is turned on, Before switching from the first display (the display that starts displaying in connection with the power being turned on) to the second display (the display that appears as part of the first notification), a certain setting key is pressed. When an operation is performed, the set values are changed to a state where they can be changed, so the set values can be changed even after the power is turned on, thereby increasing the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. The setting value may not be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed.

With such a configuration, the set values cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, so the error can be reliably resolved, and the set values can be reliably confirmed before starting the game. can.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts, the set value becomes changeable. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value becomes changeable, and an error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. It may be something.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, the second display may include a display that allows the type of the certain error to be specified.

With such a configuration, errors can be dealt with quickly and convenience can be improved.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a payout number display 127, a stored number display 125, a speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values. , the notification means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main board display 190) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). hopper error notification) using segment f of the hopper, and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error has occurred, the certain error has not been resolved ( (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off when no error occurs, and the power supply is turned off when a certain operation is performed using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off). is turned on, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. In the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. If the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period, the setting value becomes changeable, and an error state related to the certain error occurs in connection with the completion of changing the setting value. This game machine is characterized by:

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, since the error state is entered after the setting value change is completed, you will not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and you can definitely eliminate the error before starting the game. .

Furthermore, the completion of changing the set value may mean that the set value is changed and the certain operation is completed.

With such a configuration, the error can be reliably resolved after a certain operation using the setting key is completed.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. The setting value may not be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed, but the setting value may be in the error state, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed.

With such a configuration, the set values cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, so the error can be reliably resolved and the set values can be reliably confirmed before starting the game. can.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value becomes changeable, and after the setting change operation is completed, the error state returns. It may be something like that.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a payout number display 127, a stored number display 125, a speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values. , the notification means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main board display 190) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). hopper error notification) using segment f of the hopper, and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error has occurred, the certain error has not been resolved ( (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off when no error occurs, and the power supply is turned off when a certain operation is performed using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off). is turned on, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. In the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and the setting shifts to the second case. A game machine characterized in that when the power is cut off without completing the change of the set value in a state where the value can be changed, and the power is turned on again, the set value becomes the state where the set value can be changed. It is.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if the power is cut off while a certain error is occurring, and the error is not resolved when the power is turned on (first case), the setting value change may not be completed. If the power is turned off and the power is turned on again, the set value can be changed, so changing the set value can be prioritized over notifying an error, and you can avoid forgetting to change the setting. etc. can be prevented.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. The setting value may not be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed.

With such a configuration, the set values cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, so the error can be reliably resolved, and the set values can be reliably confirmed before starting the game. can.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts, the set value becomes changeable. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value becomes changeable, and an error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. It may be something.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 3)>
Next, using FIGS. 31 and 32, a description will be given of a setting change (modification 3) when a certain error remains.

FIGS. 31(a) to 32(j) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 3) when a certain error remains. This example is an example in which the error can be resolved during a setting change while a certain error remains, and the certain error may be resolved without error notification being performed.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Before turning on the power (error remaining)>
The state shown in FIG. 31(a) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 31(b) is a state in which an employee of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and operates the power switch disposed inside the main body 101 to turn on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. conduct.

In addition, in the same state, since the power has been turned on to the slot machine 100, a power-on display (first display; At the same time, since the restoration process such as initial setting has been completed, the storage number display 125 is turned on.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 31(c) is a state in which the setting key is turned from off to on before the hopper error (a certain error) is notified.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and when the power is turned on, the certain error has not been resolved (first case). ), after the power is turned on, the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (in this example, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, the hopper error notification by the main board display 190) If a certain operation (in this example, turning the setting key from OFF to ON) is performed at least part of the period before the notification (notification, hopper error display on the liquid crystal display device 157) is started, the setting value is changed. It is configured to transition to a changeable state (setting change mode).

In the state shown in FIG. 31(c), the setting key is turned on from off before the hopper error notification is started, so the setting change mode is entered.

According to this example, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor and the like.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 31(d) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In this example, in the state shown in FIG. 31(c), since the setting key is turned on from off, the setting change mode is entered, and the setting value is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. A setting changing display (in this example, a display including the character string "Settings changing") indicating that the settings are in a changeable state is displayed.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Setting value change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 31(e) is a state in which setting values are being changed using the setting switch.

In the same state, while displaying the set value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, 1 is added to the currently set set values 1 to 6. In this example, the setting value is changed from setting 1 to setting 3.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 3)/Resolving connection abnormality and error>
The state shown in FIG. 31(f) is the state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is met) during the setting change, and the state shown in FIG. 32(g) is the state in which the hopper error ( The setting switch (which also serves as a reset button) is operated in order to resolve the hopper error (certain error) (the second condition is met by the first operation), and the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on is resolved. The situation is as follows.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first When the operating means (in this example, the setting switch) is operated to resolve an error in a state where the setting values that have been transferred to (in the case of 1) can be changed (in this example, setting change mode), The configuration is such that the setting value changes as the error is resolved.

In the state shown in FIG. 32(g), since the setting switch is being operated in the setting change mode, the hopper error (certain error) is resolved and the setting value changes from setting 3 to setting 4. ing.

According to this example, since it is possible to eliminate a certain error and change the setting value by operating the same operation means, it is possible to avoid forgetting to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and it is possible to improve the performance of the game parlor. Convenience for store staff, etc. can be improved.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Variation 3)/Setting change completed>
The state shown in FIG. 32(h) is that after the setting value is fixed and the setting change is completed, a certain operation with the setting key is canceled (the setting key is turned off after the setting key is turned from on to off). (unplugged), and the settings change mode has ended.

In the same state, since the push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) was accepted, the setting value was determined to setting 4, and the setting change mode ended, so the stored sheet number display 125 was set. At the same time as the value display ends, a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 instead of the setting change in progress display.

In addition, in this example, since the hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved in the state shown in FIG. 32(g), even if the setting change mode ends, the error state does not change and the error notification is performed. The game returns to a state where normal games can be played.

According to this example, when a certain error is resolved in the settings change mode, the normal game is possible without an error notification, so the normal game is started immediately after the settings change mode ends. be able to.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Variation 3)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 32(i) is a state in which the front door 102 has been closed by a clerk at the gaming parlor after the hopper error has been resolved, and FIG. 32(j) is a state in which the normal game has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 32(i), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 While the door opening error notification (segment e lights up in red) is terminated, the storage number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue to light up and the normal screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the presentation button 192 are turned on in a presentation mode, and a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

In the state shown in FIG. 32(j), since medals have been inserted, a normal screen is displayed in place of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and a normal game is started.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.) and one of a plurality of setting values can be set. a setting means, and the notifying means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main notification) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). This means can start a hopper error notification (via segment f of the board display 190), and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring, the certain error is resolved. (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off without an error occurring, and a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning on from off) is performed. If the power is turned on in the state, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the power is turned on after the power is turned on. When an operation is performed, the setting value becomes available for confirmation (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the first notification is made after the power is turned on. If the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the start (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and in the second case A game characterized in that the certain error can be resolved in a state where the setting value can be changed (for example, in the state shown in FIG. 32(g), the hopper error can be resolved in the setting change mode). It is a stand.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. Furthermore, since certain errors can be resolved in a state in which setting values can be changed, certain errors can be resolved during the setting change work, and convenience for game parlor employees and the like can be improved.

Furthermore, if the certain error is resolved in the state in which the setting values can be changed in the second case, the state becomes available for normal gaming without the first notification being performed. You can.

With such a configuration, the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends.

The operating means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operating means is a means for changing the set value when the set value is operated in a state where the set value can be changed, and the operating means is a means for changing the set value when the set value is changed. It is a means to be operated when resolving an error, and when the said operating means is operated in the case of resolving the certain error in the state where the set value transferred to the second case can be changed, the corresponding or The set value may be changed as the error is resolved.

With this configuration, it is possible to resolve a certain error and change the setting value using the same operation means, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the game will be improved. Convenience for store staff, etc. can be improved.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. The setting value may not be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed.

With such a configuration, the set values cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, so the error can be reliably resolved, and the set values can be reliably confirmed before starting the game. can.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts, the set value becomes changeable. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value becomes changeable, and an error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. It may be something.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a payout number display 127, a stored number display 125, a speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values. , the notification means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main board display 190) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). hopper error notification) using segment f of the hopper, and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error has occurred, the certain error has not been resolved ( (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off when no error occurs, and the power supply is turned off when a certain operation is performed using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off). is turned on, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. In the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and the first notification by the notification means is In the case where the certain error is resolved without any notification being performed (hereinafter referred to as the "third case"), for example, as shown in FIG. 32(g), the hopper error is resolved without any hopper error notification being performed. This is a gaming machine characterized by the fact that there is a case).

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. Further, since a certain error may be resolved without the first notification being performed, it becomes unnecessary to deal with the certain error, and the burden on the staff of the game parlor etc. can be reduced.

Further, the third case is a case where the certain error is resolved in a state where the setting value can be changed in the first case.
With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate certain errors in the work of changing the settings, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

Further, the operating means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operating means is a means for changing the set value when the set value is operated in a state where the set value can be changed; It is a means to be operated when resolving an error, and when the said operating means is operated when resolving the certain error in the state where the setting value can be changed in the second case, the certain error is removed. The set value may change as the problem is resolved.

With this configuration, it is possible to resolve a certain error and change the setting value using the same operation means, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the game will be improved. Convenience for store staff, etc. can be improved.

Further, the first notification may be a display displayed on a liquid crystal display means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157).

With such a configuration, a certain error may be resolved without the first notification being made by the liquid crystal display means. It does not cause unnecessary anxiety or burden to the person.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 4)>
Next, using FIGS. 33 and 34, a description will be given of a setting change (modified example 4) when a certain error remains.

FIGS. 33(a) to 34(k) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 4) when a certain error remains. This example is an example in which it is impossible to eliminate the error while changing settings while a certain error remains.

Note that since FIGS. 33(a) to 33(f) are the same as the states explained using FIGS. 31(a) to 31(f), their explanation will be omitted, and FIG. The drawings will be explained.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 4)/Resolving connection abnormality and error>
The state shown in FIG. 34(g) is a state in which the setting switch is operated to change the setting value.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first When the operating means (in this example, the setting switch) is operated to resolve an error in a state where the setting values that have been transferred to (in the case of 1) can be changed (in this example, setting change mode), The configuration is such that the set value changes without the error being resolved.

In the state shown in Figure 34(g), the hopper error (certain error) is not resolved because the setting switch is being operated in the setting change mode, but the setting value has changed from setting 3 to setting 4. There is.

According to this example, since the operations for changing the setting value and resolving the error can be executed separately, it is possible to reliably perform the operation of changing the setting value and dealing with the error, and The reliability of the work of store clerks, etc. can be improved.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 4)/Setting change completed>
The state shown in FIG. 34(h) is a state in which a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off) and the setting change mode has ended.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first ), if the power is turned on while a certain operation is performed using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from on to off), the setting value can be changed (in this example, when the power is turned on) The system is configured to shift to the setting change mode) and shift to an error state after the setting change operation is completed.

In the state shown in FIG. 34(h), the setting change mode (a state in which setting values can be changed) has been completed while a hopper error (a certain error) remains, so the state shifts to an error state and the payout Hopper error notification by the number of sheets display 127 and hopper error notification by segment f of the main board display 190 are started, and an error display (main In the example, the character string "Hopper error. Please call an attendant" is displayed.

According to this example, the error state is entered after the setting value change is completed, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error will be reliably resolved before starting the game. can do.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 4)/Resolving the error>
In the state shown in FIG. 34(i), the setting switch (which also serves as a reset button) is operated while not in the setting change mode (the second condition is met), and the hopper error (a certain error) is resolved. Then, the hopper error notification by the payout number display 127 is ended.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Variation 4)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 34(j) is a state in which the front door 102 has been closed by a clerk at the gaming parlor after the hopper error has been resolved, and FIG. 34(k) is a state in which normal gaming has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 34(j), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are activated to notify the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 is activated. While the door opening error notification (segment e lights up in red) is terminated, the storage number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue to light up and the normal screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the presentation button 192 are turned on in a presentation mode, and a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

In the state shown in FIG. 34(k), since medals have been inserted, a normal screen is displayed in place of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and a normal game is started.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.) and one of a plurality of setting values can be set. a setting means, and the notifying means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main notification) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). This means can start a hopper error notification (via segment f of the board display 190), and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring, the certain error is resolved. (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off without an error occurring, and a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning on from off) is performed. If the power is turned on in the state, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the power is turned on after the power is turned on. When an operation is performed, the setting value becomes available for confirmation (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the first notification is made after the power is turned on. If the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the start (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and in the second case The gaming machine is characterized in that the certain error cannot be resolved in a state in which the transferred setting values can be changed.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, since certain errors cannot be resolved while the setting values can be changed, it is possible to perform the operations of changing the setting values and resolving the error separately. Each of the above measures can be reliably carried out, and the reliability of the work of the game parlor staff can be improved.

The operation means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operation means is a means for changing the set value when the set value is operated in a state where the set value can be changed, and the operation means is a means for changing the set value when the set value is changed. It is a means to be operated when resolving an error, and when the said operating means is operated when resolving the certain error in the state where the setting value can be changed in the second case, the certain error is removed. The set value may change without being resolved.

With this configuration, the operations for changing setting values and resolving errors can be executed separately, so changing the setting values and dealing with errors can be performed reliably. It is possible to improve the reliability of the work of game store clerks and the like.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and after the first notification is started, the set value can be changed. The setting value may not be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed, but an error state may occur, and when the error state is resolved, the setting value may be in a state in which the setting value can be confirmed.

With such a configuration, the set values cannot be confirmed unless the error is resolved, so the error can be reliably resolved, and the set values can be reliably confirmed before starting the game. can.

Further, in the first case, if the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on and before the first notification starts, the set value becomes changeable. , the error state may occur after the setting change operation is completed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

Further, in the first case, if the power is turned on while the certain operation is performed, the setting value becomes changeable, and an error state occurs after the setting change operation is completed. It may be something.

With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent errors from being forgotten due to the work of changing settings, and it is possible to reliably eliminate errors before starting the game.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 5)>
Next, a description will be given of a setting change (modified example 5) when a certain error remains.

FIGS. 35(a) to 36(j) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 5) when a certain error remains. This example is an example in which a certain error is resolved without any error notification before proceeding to a setting change while a certain error remains, and the game is returned to a state in which a game can be played after the setting change is completed. .

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Before turning on the power (error remaining)>
The state shown in FIG. 35(a) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 35(b) is a state in which an employee of the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and turns on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. conduct.

In addition, in the same state, since the power has been turned on to the slot machine 100, a power-on display (first display; Displays the string "" has been submitted".

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 35(c) is a state in which the setting key is turned from off to on before the hopper error (certain error) is notified.

In the same state, a certain operation was performed using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from on to off), but the state was not changed to the setting change mode (a state in which setting values can be changed). For this reason, the power-on display continues in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. Further, in this state, a hopper error (certain error) remains, but no hopper error notification is performed.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Resolving connection abnormality and error>
The state shown in FIG. 35(d) is the state in which the connection abnormality caused by the hopper error is resolved (the first condition is met) during the setting change, and the state shown in FIG. 35(e) is the state shown in FIG. The reset button is operated to resolve the hopper error (certain error) (the second condition is satisfied by the first operation), and the hopper error (certain error) that occurred before the power was turned on has been resolved.

The state shown in Fig. 35(d) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) remains, but the hopper error notification is not performed and the state shifts to setting change mode (a state in which setting values can be changed). Since this is the state before switching on, the power-on display continues in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

In addition, in this state, the front door 102 is open, so an open notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "The door is open") indicating that the door body is open is emitted. Output from speakers 272 and 277.

The state shown in FIG. 35(e) is a state in which the hopper error (a certain error) has been resolved, so the hopper error notification is not performed, but the state shifts to the setting change mode (a state in which the setting value can be changed). Since this is the previous state, the power-on display continues in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 35(f) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In this example, in the state shown in FIG. 35(c), since the setting key is turned on from off, the setting change mode is entered, and the setting value is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. A setting changing display (in this example, a display including the character string "Settings changing") indicating that the settings are in a changeable state is displayed.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Setting value change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 36(g) is a state in which setting values are being changed using the setting switch.

In the same state, while displaying the set value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, 1 is added to the currently set set values 1 to 6. In this example, the setting value is changed to setting 6.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 5)/Setting change completed>
The state shown in FIG. 36(h) is that after the setting value is fixed and the setting change is completed, a certain operation with the setting key is canceled (the setting key is turned off after the setting key is turned from on to off). (unplugged), and the settings change mode has ended.

In the same state, since the push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) was accepted, the setting value was determined to setting 6, and the setting change mode ended, so the setting by the storage number display 125 At the same time as the value display ends, a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 instead of the setting change in progress display.

In addition, since this state is a state in which the front door 102 is open, the opening notification sound that has been repeatedly outputted (in this example, "The door is open") is triggered by the completion of the setting change. output (restart) from the beginning. Note that, upon completion of the setting change, the setting change notification (for example, a voice saying "Settings are being changed") that was output during the setting change may be switched to an open notification sound.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, after the power is turned on, the first notification (in this example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a hopper error notification by the main board display 190, and a hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display 157) If a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from on to off) is performed at least part of the period before the hopper error display (hopper error display) is started (in the second case) , if a certain error (hopper error in this example) is resolved (in the third case) before transitioning to a state where the setting value can be changed (in this example, setting change mode), then transition is made. After completing the change of the setting value in the state where the setting value can be changed, the system may shift to a state where the game can be played.

In this example, as explained using FIG. 35(e), the hopper error (certain error) has been resolved before entering the setting change mode, so the error will not occur even after the setting change mode ends. As described with reference to FIGS. 36(i) and 36(j), the state shifts to a state in which normal games are possible without any error notification being performed.

According to this example, if a certain error is resolved before the setting value moves to a changeable state, then after completing the change of the setting value in the changeable state, In this case, the game may be changed to a state where games can be played, so the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Variation 5)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 36(i) is a state in which the front door 102 has been closed by a clerk at the game parlor after the hopper error has been resolved, and FIG. 36(j) is a state in which normal gaming has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 36(i), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the production button 192 are used to notify the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 While the door open error notification (red lighting of segment e) is terminated, the storage number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue to light up and the normal screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the presentation button 192 are turned on in a presentation mode, and a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

In the state shown in FIG. 36(j), since medals have been inserted, a normal screen is displayed in place of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and a normal game is started.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.) and one of a plurality of setting values can be set. a setting means, and the notifying means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main notification) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). This means can start a hopper error notification (via segment f of the board display 190), and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error is occurring, the certain error is resolved. (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off without an error occurring, and a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning on from off) is performed. If the power is turned on in the state, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the power is turned on after the power is turned on. When an operation is performed, the setting value becomes available for confirmation (for example, setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the first notification is made after the power is turned on. If the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period before the start, the setting value is changed to a changeable state, and in the second case, the setting value is changed to a changeable state. In the case where the certain error is resolved before changing the settings (hereinafter referred to as the "third case"; for example, when the hopper error is resolved before shifting to the setting change mode as shown in FIG. 35(e)), , the game machine is characterized in that after the change of the setting value is completed in a state where the setting value can be changed, the game machine may change to a state where a game can be played.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if a certain error is resolved before the setting value changes to a state where the setting value can be changed, after the setting value has been changed in the state where the setting value can be changed, the game will be stopped. Therefore, the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends.

Further, in the third case, the notification means may start a second notification in connection with the completion of the change of the setting value (when the change of the setting value is completed), The second notification includes a notification that the door body is open (for example, an opening notification sound (for example, a sound saying "The door is open"), an upper lamp 142, a side lamp 144, and a production button 192. It may be an open notification (for example, flashing red) or a door open error notification by the main board display 190 (for example, lighting of segment e in red).

With such a configuration, it is possible to know that a certain error has been resolved, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Furthermore, in the third case, there may be a case where the state shifts to a state in which a game can be played without the first notification being performed.

With such a configuration, it is possible to know that a certain error has been resolved, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a payout number display 127, a stored number display 125, a speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values. , the notification means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main board display 190) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). hopper error notification) using segment f of the hopper, and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error has occurred, the certain error has not been resolved ( (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off when no error occurs, and the power supply is turned off when a certain operation is performed using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off). is turned on, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. In the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"), the setting value becomes changeable, and the first notification by the notification means is In the case where the certain error is resolved without any notification being performed (hereinafter referred to as the "third case"; for example, the case where the hopper error is resolved without any hopper error notification being performed as shown in FIG. 35(e)) and in the third case, after completing the change of the setting value in the state where the setting value can be changed, there is a case where the game machine shifts to a state where the game is possible. .

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, since a certain error may be resolved without the first notification being made, it becomes unnecessary to deal with a certain error, which can reduce the burden on the staff of the game parlor, etc. If the error is resolved, the setting value may be changed to a state where the game can be played after completing the change of the setting value in the state where the setting value can be changed. After the game ends, you can immediately start playing the normal game.

Further, the third case may be a case where the certain error is resolved in a state where the set value can be changed in the first case.

With such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate certain errors in the work of changing the settings, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

The operation means (for example, a setting switch) is provided, and the operation means is a means for changing the set value when the set value is operated in a state where the set value can be changed; means to be operated when resolving an error, and when the operating means is operated when resolving the certain error in the state where the setting value can be changed in the second case, the certain error is removed. may be resolved, and the set value may be changed.

With this configuration, it is possible to resolve a certain error and change the setting value using the same operation means, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the game will be improved. Convenience for store staff, etc. can be improved.

Further, the first notification may be a display displayed on a liquid crystal display means (for example, the liquid crystal display device 157).

With such a configuration, a certain error may be resolved without the first notification being made by the liquid crystal display means. It does not cause unnecessary anxiety or burden to the person.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a payout number display 127, a stored number display 125, a speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values. , the notification means includes at least a first notification (for example, a hopper error notification by the payout number display 127, a main board display 190) related to a certain error (for example, a hopper error). hopper error notification) using segment f of the hopper, and when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the certain error has occurred, the certain error has not been resolved ( (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the power is cut off when no error occurs, and the power supply is turned off when a certain operation is performed using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off). is turned on, the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is turned off in a state where no error occurs, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on. In the first case, after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. When the certain operation is performed during at least a part of the period, the setting value is changed to a state where the setting value can be changed, and in the second case, the setting value is changed in the state where the setting value is changeable. is completed, an error state related to the certain error occurs, and in the second case, the certain error is resolved before the setting value can be changed (hereinafter referred to as the "third case"). For example, when the hopper error is resolved before transitioning to the setting change mode as shown in FIG. In the game machine, the certain error may not be resolved in the state where the setting value can be changed in the second case. good.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if a certain error is resolved before the setting value is changed to a changeable state, the game may be stopped after completing the change of the setting value in the changeable state. Since the game may shift to a possible state, the normal game can be started immediately after the setting change mode ends. In addition, since certain errors cannot be resolved while the setting values can be changed, it is possible to perform the operations of changing the setting values and resolving the error separately. Each of the above measures can be reliably carried out, and the reliability of the work of the game parlor staff can be improved.

Further, in the third case, the notification means may start a second notification in connection with the completion of the change of the set value, and the second notification may be performed when the door body is opened. It may also be a notification of the status.

With such a configuration, it is possible to know that a certain error has been resolved and that the door body is in an open state, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff and the like at the game parlor.

Furthermore, in the third case, the game may become possible without the first notification being performed.

With such a configuration, there is no need to deal with certain errors, and the burden on the store staff at the game parlor can be reduced.

Further, in the second case, if the certain error is not resolved before the setting value becomes changeable, the error state occurs after the setting value change is completed, and the error state occurs. One notification may be started.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably notify that a certain error remains, and it is possible to take measures against the certain error.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Variation 6)>
Next, using FIGS. 37 and 38, a setting change (modification 6) when a certain error remains will be described.

FIGS. 37(a) to 38(k) are diagrams chronologically showing setting changes (modified example 6) when a certain error remains. This example is an example in which the second error notification may be executed during a setting change while a certain error remains.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Before turning on the power (error remaining)>
The state shown in FIG. 37(a) is a state in which a hopper error (a certain error) has occurred (remains) before the power is turned on.

In this state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, notifications are provided by display means (liquid crystal display device 157, payout number display 127, etc.), notifications by light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.), No notification is provided by the sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 37(b) is a state in which a clerk at the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and turns on the power.

In the same state, power is supplied to the slot machine 100 and the opening/closing sensor detects that the front door 102 has been opened. 102 is in the open state (open notification), and by lighting segment e of the main board display 190 in red, a door open error notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state is issued. conduct.

In addition, in the same state, since the power has been turned on to the slot machine 100, a power-on display (first display; At the same time, the stored number display 125 is turned on because the initial setting and other restoration processing has been completed.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Setting key operation>
The state shown in FIG. 37(c) is a state in which the setting key is turned from off to on before the hopper error (a certain error) is notified.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and when the power is turned on, the certain error has not been resolved (first case). ), at least part of the time after the power is turned on and before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (in this example, the hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) is started. If a certain operation is performed during this period (in this example, turning the setting key from off to on), the setting value is configured to shift to a state where it can be changed (in this example, setting change mode). ing.

In the state shown in FIG. 37(c), the setting key is turned on from off before the liquid crystal display device 157 starts notifying the hopper error, so the setting change mode is entered.

According to this example, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor and the like.

Further, in the slot machine 100 of this example, a first notification (in this example, a hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) indicating that a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) has occurred is started. If a certain operation (in this example, the operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON) is performed during at least a part of the period before the setting value is changed (in the second case), the setting value is changed to a changeable state (in this example). (setting change mode), a second notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (in this example, a hopper error notification by the storage number display 125 and a hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190) The system is configured in such a way that notifications) may be executed.

In the state shown in FIG. 37(c), by lighting segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means) in red, a hopper error notification (second notification) indicates that a hopper error has occurred. Hopper error notification (notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred by displaying an error code (in this example, "E4") using the storage number display 125 (second notification means). (second notification).

According to this example, the settings changed when a certain operation is performed at least for a part of the period before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (second case) Since the second notification may be executed when the value can be changed, it is possible to know that an error has occurred even when the setting value can be changed, and the staff at the game parlor etc. can increase the convenience of

In addition, in this example, as the first notification, an example was shown in which the hopper error notification is performed by the liquid crystal display device 157, but the "first notification" according to the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be used for other notifications. The notification may be made by other means.

Further, in this example, as the second notification, the hopper error notification is performed by the storage number display 125 and the hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190. "Notification" is not limited to this example, and may be notification by other notification means. Further, the number of "second notifications" is not limited to two, and may be only one of them, and in addition to these notifications, a second notification using other notification means may be made. You can.

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Moving to setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 37(d) is a state in which the setting change mode has been entered.

In this example, in the state shown in FIG. 37(c), since the setting key is turned on from off, the setting change mode is entered, and the setting value is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157. A setting changing display (in this example, a display including the character string "Settings changing") indicating that the settings are in a changeable state is displayed.

In addition, in the same state, since the hopper error has not been resolved, the hopper error notification (second notification) is issued by the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means), and the stored sheet number display 125 (second notification) is issued. Continue the hopper error notification (second notification) by the second notification means).

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Modification 6)/Setting value change operation>
The state shown in FIG. 37(e) is a state in which setting values are being changed using the setting switch.

In the same state, while displaying the set value on the payout number display 127, each time a press operation by the operating means (setting switch) is detected, 1 is added to the currently set set values 1 to 6. In this example, the setting value is changed to setting 6.

In addition, in the same state, since the hopper error has not been resolved, the hopper error notification (second notification) is issued by the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means), and the stored sheet number display 125 (second notification) is issued. Continue the hopper error notification (second notification) by the second notification means).

<Setting change while a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Setting change completed>
The state shown in FIG. 37(f) is a state after the set value is determined and the setting change is completed, but before a certain operation by the setting key is released (before the setting key is removed).

In the same state, since the push operation by the operating means (in this example, the start lever 135) was accepted, the setting value was determined to setting 6, and the setting change mode ended, so the setting by the storage number display 125 At the same time, the setting change completion display (in this example, a yellow color Display a screen with the text "Settings changed completed" placed in the center of the background image.

In the same state, since the hopper error has not been resolved, the hopper error notification (second notification) is issued by the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means), and the stored sheet number display 125 (second notification) is issued. Continue the hopper error notification (second notification) by the second notification means).

<Changing settings while a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Cancelling a certain operation of a setting key>
The state shown in FIG. 38(g) is a state in which a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off) and the setting change mode has ended.

In the slot machine 100 of this example, if the power is cut off while a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred, and the certain error has not been resolved when the power is turned on (first ), a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, the setting When an operation (turning a key from on to off) is performed, the setting value is changed to a state where it can be changed, and the setting value is changed to an error state related to a certain error related to the completion of the change of the setting value. It is composed of

In the state shown in FIG. 38(g), the setting change mode (a state in which setting values can be changed) has been completed while a hopper error (a certain error) remains, so the state shifts to an error state. In this error state, the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157 (first notification means) displays an error message (first notification) indicating that a hopper error has occurred. In addition to displaying the character string "Please call us"), a hopper error notification (second notification) is sent by segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means), and a hopper error notification (second notification) is displayed on the storage number display 125 (second notification means). Continue the hopper error notification (second notification) by the notification means).

According to this example, the error state is entered after the setting value change is completed, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to the work of changing the setting, and the error will be reliably resolved before starting the game. can do.

<Changing settings when a certain error remains (Modification 6)/Resolving connection abnormality>
The state shown in FIG. 38(h) is a state in which the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition has been satisfied).

In the same state, the connection abnormality due to the hopper error has been resolved (the first condition is met), but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the hopper error notification is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157 (first notification means). (first notification), hopper error notification (second notification) by segment f of main board display 190 (second notification means), and hopper error notification by storage number display 125 (second notification means) Continue notification (second notification).

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Reset button operation>
The state shown in FIG. 38(i) is when the reset button is operated to resolve a hopper error (certain error) (the second condition is met by the first operation), and the hopper error occurs before the power is turned on. (certain error) has been resolved.

In the same state, the reset button is operated to eliminate the hopper error (the second condition is met), and the hopper error (a certain error) is eliminated, so the liquid crystal display device 157 (the first notification means ), the hopper error notification (first notification), the segment f of the main board display 190 (second notification means), the hopper error notification (second notification), and the storage number display 125 (second notification). The hopper error notification (second notification) by means) is ended.

<Setting change when a certain error remains (Variation 6)/Closing the front door → Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 38(j) is a state in which the front door 102 has been closed by a clerk at the gaming parlor after the hopper error has been resolved, and FIG. 38(k) is a state in which the normal game has started.

In the state shown in FIG. 38(j), since the opening/closing sensor detects the closing of the front door 102, the upper lamp 142, the side lamp 144, and the effect button 192 are activated to notify the opening (blinking red), and the main board display 190 is activated. While the door opening error notification (segment e lights up in red) is terminated, the storage number display 125 and the payout number display 127 continue to light up and the normal screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157, and the upper lamp 142 , the side lamp 144 and the presentation button 192 are turned on in a presentation mode, and a demonstration screen is displayed in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157.

In the state shown in FIG. 38(k), since medals have been inserted, a normal screen is displayed in place of the demo screen in the display area of the liquid crystal display device 157, and a normal game is started.

As explained above, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. , speakers 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.) and one of a plurality of setting values can be set. a setting means, wherein the notification means starts a first notification (for example, hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) related to at least a certain error (for example, hopper error). This is a possible means, and the notification means provides at least a second notification related to the certain error (for example, a hopper error notification by the storage number display 125, a hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190). In the case where the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the error occurs (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"). ), and if the power is turned off with no error occurring and the power is turned on after a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off), the above If the setting value becomes changeable (for example, setting change mode), the power is cut off without an error occurring, and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the setting value is changed. (e.g., setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, at least a part of the period after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. When an operation is performed, the set value becomes changeable, and in the second case, the second notification may be executed in a state where the set value can be changed. This is a unique game machine.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if a certain operation is performed at least for a part of the period before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (second case), it is possible to change the set value that has been transferred. Since the second notification may be executed in a situation where the setting value can be changed, it is possible to know that an error has occurred, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the staff at the game parlor. can be increased.

Further, in the second case, only the second notification of the first notification and the second notification may be executed in a state where the setting value is changeable.

With this configuration, when the setting value is changed, it is possible to know through the second notification that an error has occurred, and at the same time, it is possible to prevent excessive error notification from interfering with the work of changing settings. This can improve the convenience of store staff at game parlors and the like.

Further, in the second case, when the setting value is changeable, an error state related to the certain error occurs after the setting value change is completed, and in the error state, the first notification and the second The notification may be executed.

With this kind of configuration, the error state will be entered after the setting value change is completed, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to setting change work, and you will be able to make sure that the error has been fixed before starting the game. can be resolved.

Furthermore, in the second case, in a state where the setting value can be changed, if the certain error is resolved, the game can be played without the first notification being performed. .

With such a configuration, there is no need to deal with certain errors, and the burden on the store staff at the game parlor can be reduced.

Furthermore, in the second case, the certain error may be unresolvable while the setting value is changeable.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to the work of changing the settings rather than dealing with a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency of the staff at the game parlor and the like.

Furthermore, the game machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine) has a notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157, a payout number display 127, a stored number display 125, a speaker 272, 277, upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, reel backlight 148, production button 192, stop buttons 137 to 139, start lever 135, etc.), and a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values. , wherein the notification means is a means capable of starting a first notification (for example, hopper error notification by the liquid crystal display device 157) related to at least a certain error (for example, hopper error). The notification means is a means capable of starting at least a second notification related to the certain error (for example, hopper error notification by the storage number display 125, hopper error notification by the segment f of the main board display 190). There is a case where the error is not resolved when the power is turned on after the power is cut off while the error is occurring (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"). , if the power is turned off with no error occurring and the power is turned on after a certain operation using the setting key (for example, turning it on from off), the setting value will be changed. If the power is turned off without an error occurring and the certain operation is performed after the power is turned on, the set value can be checked. state (for example, a setting confirmation mode), and in the first case, the certain operation is performed at least for a part of the period after the power is turned on and before the first notification is started. In the second case, the setting value may be changed to a state in which the setting value can be changed, and in the second case, the second notification may be executed. The gaming machine is characterized in that the notification and the second notification are different notifications.

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, it is possible to change the set value even after the power is turned on, so it is possible to improve the convenience of the game store clerk and the like. In addition, if a certain operation is performed at least for a part of the period before the first notification indicating that a certain error has occurred (second case), it is possible to change the set value that has been transferred. Since the second notification may be executed in a situation where the setting value can be changed, it is possible to know that an error has occurred, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the staff at the game parlor. can be increased.

Further, in a state where the setting value can be changed, only the second notification of the first notification and the second notification is executed, and in a state other than the state where the setting value can be changed, the Both the first notification and the second notification may be performed.

With this configuration, when the setting value is changed, it is possible to know through the second notification that an error has occurred, and at the same time, it is possible to prevent excessive error notification from interfering with the work of changing settings. This makes it possible to improve the convenience of store clerks at game parlors and the like, and it is possible to more reliably notify that an error has occurred in a state other than a state in which setting values can be changed.

Further, in the second case, when the setting value is changeable, an error state related to the certain error occurs after the setting value change is completed, and in the error state, the first notification and the second The notification may be executed.

With this kind of configuration, the error state will be entered after the setting value change is completed, so you will not forget to deal with the error due to setting change work, and you will be able to make sure that the error is fixed before starting the game. can be resolved.

Furthermore, in the second case, when the setting value is changeable, if the certain error is resolved, the first notification is not performed and the game is possible. good.

With such a configuration, there is no need to deal with certain errors, and the burden on the store staff at the game parlor can be reduced.

Furthermore, in the second case, the certain error may be unresolvable while the setting value is changeable.

With such a configuration, it is possible to give priority to the work of changing the settings rather than dealing with a certain error, and it is possible to improve the work efficiency of the staff at the game parlor and the like.

<Error priority and setting change priority>
Next, prior to explaining error priority and setting change priority, the performance from normal power-on to normal game, and the performance from power-on to normal game with setting change will be explained.

<Normal game after powering on>
First, with reference to FIG. 39, effects from normal power-on to normal game will be explained. FIG. 39 is a diagram showing, in chronological order, an example of performance from normal power-on to normal game.

<From normal power on to normal game/before power on>
The state shown in FIG. 39(1) is a state in which no error has occurred before the power is turned on.

In the same state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display 157, stored number display 125, payout number display 127, etc.) provides notifications, and the light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278). It should be noted that various notifications and displays such as door open notification, setting value display, error notification, etc., which will be explained below, are not limited to the modes described in this embodiment, and may be performed using display means, light emitting means, or sound output means. You may use one, multiple, or all of them. Therefore, for example, notification and display by the stored coin number display 125 may be performed by the payout number display 127, or vice versa.

<Normal power-on to normal game/power-on without opening the front door or changing settings>
The state shown in FIG. 39 (2) is a state in which a clerk at the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from OFF to ON) is not performed. The power is turned on.

In this state, since power is being supplied to the slot machine 100, a power-on notification indicating that the power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on") is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. Display string). Note that in the same state, the speakers 272 and 277 may output a power-on notification sound (for example, a sound saying "The power has been turned on") indicating that the power has been turned on.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 display a door open notification (main door open state) indicating that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

<Normal game after turning on the power/Initial settings etc. are completed after turning on the power>
The state shown in FIG. 39(3) is a state in which initial settings and the like are completed after the power is turned on.

In this example, at the timing shown in FIG. 39(2), the power was turned on without a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from OFF to ON). , After the power is turned on, the game enters a state in which games can be played without shifting to a setting change mode.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 continue to notify that the door is open, and the liquid crystal display 157 indicates that the door is in the open state instead of the power-on notification. A door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, a character string "The door is open" is displayed) is executed, and a door open notification indicating that the door body is in an open state is executed on the payout number display 127. (In this example, the segment corresponding to the character string "DR" indicating a door open error is lit), and the speakers 272 and 277 emit a door open notification sound indicating that the door is in the open state. (In this example, the voice "The door is open") is repeatedly output.

In addition, in this state, since the game is possible, the segment corresponding to the number (42 in this example) indicating the current number of credits is lit on the stored credit number display 125.

<Normal power on to normal game/front door closing>
The state shown in FIG. 39 (4) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a clerk at the game parlor, etc., in the door open state shown in FIG. 39 (3).

In the same state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display device 157 indicates that the door is open, the payout number display 127 indicates that the door is open, the speakers 272 and 277 output the door open alarm sound, the upper lamp 142, The door open notification by the side lamp 144 has ended.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is closed while the game is possible, a demonstration effect is executed on the liquid crystal display device 157, demo BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper lamp 142 and A demonstration performance is being performed on the side lamp 144.

<Normal game/normal game from normal power on>
The state shown in FIG. 39 (5) is a state in which a specified number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration performance shown in FIG. 39 (4), and the normal game has started.

In the same state, the regular game has started because a specified number (in this example, three) of medals have been inserted in the demonstration performance (a state in which games are possible), and the demo performance is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. After the demo performance is finished, the normal performance is executed, and the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 instead of the demo performance BGM, and the demo performance is ended and the normal performance is executed at the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. .

Note that the demo performance by the liquid crystal display device 157, the demo performance BGM by the speakers 272, 277, the demo performance by the upper lamp 142, and the side lamp 144 are the normal performance by the liquid crystal display device 157, the normal performance BGM by the speakers 272, 277, The presentation mode may be the same as the normal presentation by the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144, or it may be a different presentation mode.

<Normal game after power-on with setting changes>
Next, with reference to FIG. 40, effects from power-on to normal game with setting changes will be explained. FIG. 40 is a diagram showing, in chronological order, an example of performance from power-on to normal game with setting changes.

<From power-on with setting change to normal game/before power-on>
The state shown in FIG. 40(1) is a state in which no error has occurred before the power is turned on.

In the same state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display 157, stored number display 125, payout number display 127, etc.) provides notifications, and the light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Power on with setting change, normal game/opening of front door, power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 40 (2) is a state in which a clerk at the game parlor or the like opens the front door 102 and performs a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, turning the setting key from OFF to ON). The power is turned on.

In this example, the power was turned on while a certain operation was performed using the setting key (in this example, the operation of turning the setting key from off to on), so after the power was turned on, the mode changed to setting change mode. .

In this state, since power is being supplied to the slot machine 100, a power-on notification indicating that the power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on") is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. Display string).

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 display a door open notification (main door open state) indicating that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

<Transfer to normal game/setting change mode from power-on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 40(3) is a state in which no error has occurred and the setting change mode has been entered.

In the same state, at the timing shown in FIG. 40(2), the power was turned on while a certain operation using the setting key (in this example, an operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON) was performed. At the same time as transitioning to the setting change mode, a setting change notification is executed on the liquid crystal display device 157 to indicate that the setting value can be changed (in this example, a character string "Settings changing" is displayed), The speakers 272 and 277 output a setting change notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "Settings are being changed") indicating that the setting value can be changed, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 output A setting change notification (flashing in green in this example) is executed to indicate that the setting value can be changed.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification (in this example, "Door is open") indicating that the door body is in the open state. At the same time, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, a message "DR" indicating a door open error is displayed). (lighting up the segment corresponding to the string).

Furthermore, in the same state, since the setting value can be changed, the number (3 in this example) indicating the current setting value (in this example, setting 3) is displayed on the storage number display 125. Light up the corresponding segment.

In this setting change mode, while displaying the set value on the storage number display 125, each time a press operation of the reset button (or setting switch) is detected, the currently set set values 1 to 6 are changed. It is possible to change the set value by adding and updating it one by one, and the set value is determined when the push operation of the start lever 135 is accepted.

<End of normal game/settings change mode after power-on with settings change>
The state shown in FIG. 40 (4) is when the setting value is fixed, the setting change is completed, and a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off). ), the settings change mode has ended.

In the same state, since the setting change mode has ended, the liquid crystal display 157 notifies you that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output the setting change notification sound, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 notify you that the setting is being changed, and the storage While the display of the set value by the number of credits display 125 ends, the segment corresponding to the number (0 in this example) indicating the current number of credits is lit on the stored number of credits display 125.

In addition, since the front door 102 is in the open state in the same state, the LCD display 157 displays a door open notification (in this example, "Door is open") indicating that the door body is in the open state. At the same time, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, the characters "DR" indicating a door open error) are executed. (lighting of the segment corresponding to the column).

Furthermore, in this state, since the setting change mode has ended, the speakers 272 and 277 emit a setting change completion notification sound (in this example, a sound indicating "setting change complete") indicating that the setting value change has been completed. Since the front door 102 is open, the speakers 272 and 277 output a door open notification sound (in this example, "The door is open") indicating that the door is open. ” is output repeatedly.

<Normal game from power on with setting change/closing front door>
The state shown in FIG. 40(5) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a clerk at the game parlor or the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display 157 displays a door open alarm, the payout number display 127 displays a door open alarm, the speakers 272 and 277 output a door open alarm sound, and the upper The door open notification by the lamp 142 and side lamp 144 has ended.

In addition, in the same state, since the state has shifted to a state where games can be played, a demonstration effect is executed on the liquid crystal display device 157, a demo BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 A demo performance is being performed.

<Normal game/normal game from power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 40 (6) is a state in which a specified number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration performance shown in FIG. 40 (5), and the normal game has started.

In the same state, the regular game has started because a specified number (in this example, three) of medals have been inserted in the demonstration performance (a state in which games are possible), and the demo performance is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. After the demo performance is finished, the normal performance is executed, and the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 instead of the demo performance BGM, and the demo performance is ended and the normal performance is executed at the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. .

<Power on with setting change in error condition>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 41 to 43, effects from power-on to normal game with setting changes in an error occurrence state will be explained. FIGS. 41 to 43 are diagrams showing an example of effects from power-on to normal game with setting changes in an error occurrence state.

<Power on with setting change in error condition/Error occurrence>
The state shown in FIG. 41(1) is a state in which a hopper jam error (hopper error) occurs during reel rotation in a normal game.

In this example, a hopper error has occurred, but since normal gaming is in progress, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes (continues) the normal effect, and the speakers 272 and 277 output (continue) the normal effect BGM. ), and the normal effect is executed (continued) in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144.

On the other hand, in the same state, since a hopper error has occurred, an error notification (in this example, all segments ), and the payout number display 127 displays an error notification (in this example, the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error lights up) to notify that an error has occurred. Running.

<Power-on with setting change in error occurrence state/error occurrence (modified example)>
The state shown in FIG. 41(1') is a modification of the error occurrence state described using FIG. 41(1).

In the error occurrence state described using (1) of the same figure, even if an error occurs during normal gaming, the normal presentation by the liquid crystal display device 157 and the output of the normal presentation BGM by the speakers 272 and 277, Although an example has been shown in which the normal effects by the upper lamp 142 and the side lamps 144 are continued, these normal effects may be interrupted and an error notification may be performed.

As a specific example, in the example shown in FIG. 41 (1'), since a hopper error has occurred, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays an error notification (in which it is impossible to specify the type of error) instead of the normal presentation. The first error notification (in this example, the character string "An error has occurred" is displayed) and the third error notification (the third error notification, in which the message "Please stop the reels") prompts you to resolve the error. Display the string ".").

In addition, the speakers 272 and 277 emit an error notification sound that makes it impossible to identify the type of error (the first error notification, in this example, a sound saying "This is an error") in place of the normal BGM. is output, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 execute an error notification (a first error notification, which flashes in red in this example) in which it is impossible to specify the type of error, instead of the normal effect. .

In this example, when the reels 110 to 112 are stopped in accordance with the error notification (in this example, a display of the character string "Please stop the reels") that prompts the user to resolve the error, the screen shown in FIG. As shown in (2), the liquid crystal display device 157 executes a second error notification (for example, display of a character string "Hopper jam error") that can specify the type of error.

In addition, in the error occurrence state described using FIG. Although the example in which all segments are lit) is shown, a number indicating the current number of credits may be continuously displayed while the reels 110 to 112 are rotating.

As a specific example, in the example shown in FIG. 41 (1'), a hopper error has occurred, but since the reels 110 to 112 are rotating, the current number of credits (book number) is displayed on the stored number display 125. In this example, a number indicating ``30'' (in this example, a segment corresponding to the number ``30'' is lit) is displayed.

<Power on with setting change when error occurs/reel stop after error occurs>
The state shown in FIG. 41(2) is a state in which the reels 110 to 112 are stopped after the error shown in FIG. 41(1) (or FIG. 41(1')) occurs.

In the same state, since the reels 110 to 112 have been stopped, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays an error notification (second error notification) that can identify the type of error, instead of the normal performance. ``Hopper jam error.'') and an error notification (third error notification. In this example, the string ``Please call the staff.'') are executed, and the upper In the lamp 142 and the side lamp 144, an error notification (flashing in red in this example) that makes it impossible to specify the type of error is performed instead of the normal effect.

In addition, since the error state continues, the error notification by the storage number display 125 (in this example, all segments are lit) is executed (continued), and the error notification is performed by the payout number display 127 (in this example, all segments are lit). , lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" representing a hopper error) is executed (continued), and the speakers 272 and 277 continue to output the error notification sound.

<Power on/power off with setting changes when an error occurs>
The state shown in FIG. 41 (3) is when an error (in this example, a hopper error) has occurred and a clerk at the game parlor opens the front door 102 and performs an operation to turn the power from on to off. state.

In the same state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display 157, stored number display 125, payout number display 127, etc.) provides notifications, and the light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Power on with setting change in error condition/Power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 41 (4) is a state in which the power is turned on while the setting key is turned on from off (a certain operation using the setting key).

In the slot machine 100, when a certain error (hopper error in this example) has occurred (in the first case), after the power is turned off, the operation of turning the setting key from off to on (setting When the power is turned on while a certain key operation) is performed, the device enters an error state (first state) (error notification is given priority over setting changes (error priority)). .

In this state, since power is being supplied to the slot machine 100, a power-on notification indicating that the power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on") is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. Display string).

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 display a door open notification (main door open state) indicating that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

According to this example, when the power is turned on while a certain operation is performed using a setting key in a state where a certain error has occurred, the error state (first state) is changed depending on the situation. It is possible to give priority to either the case where the setting is changed or the state where the settings can be changed (the second state) over the other, thereby increasing the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor and the like.

<Power on with setting change in error state/transition to error state>
The state shown in FIG. 41(5) is a state in which the hopper error state (first state) has been entered without shifting to a state in which the set value can be changed.

In this state, when the power is turned on accompanied by a setting change in the error occurrence state, error notification is given priority over the setting change and the state shifts to the hopper error state (first state). Error notification that allows you to identify the error (second error notification; in this example, the string “Hopper jam error” is displayed), and error notification that prompts you to resolve the error (third error notification, in this example). In this example, an error notification (first error notification) in which it is impossible to specify the type of error is executed from the speakers 272 and 277. An error message is output (a voice saying "This is an error"), and the upper lamp 142 and side lamp 144 issue an error notification (flashing in red in this example) that makes it impossible to specify the type of error.

In addition, the speakers 272 and 277 output an error notification sound (a first error notification, in this example, a sound saying "This is an error") that makes it impossible to specify the type of error.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification (in this example, "Door is open).

On the other hand, in the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification (for example, a message indicating a door open error). DR" (see Figure 42 (6) etc.), the error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error) is lit. (the lighting of the corresponding segment) is executed with priority.

That is, when the power is turned on with a setting change in an error occurrence state, error notification is prioritized over the setting change, and when the state shifts to the hopper error state (first state), at least the liquid crystal display device 157 (first state) Notification regarding a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) is executed by both the payout number display 127 (notifying means) and the payout number display 127 (second notifying means).

On the other hand, in the same state, since the power was turned on with a setting change, the current setting value ( In this example, the segment corresponding to the number (3 in this example) indicating setting 3) is lit. In addition, in the storage number display 125, an error notification (for example, all segments may be turned on) may be executed instead of the current set value.

Note that although this example shows an example in which a notification regarding a certain error (hopper error in this example) is made using the payout number display 127 (second notification means), the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a certain error may be displayed using the main board display 190 (see FIG. 8, etc.) instead of (or in addition to) the payout number display 127.

<Power on/resolve error with setting change in error condition>
The state shown in FIG. 42(6) is a state in which the hopper error has been resolved in the hopper error state and the mode has shifted to the setting confirmation mode.

The slot machine 100 is configured so that when the hopper error (certain error) is resolved in the hopper error state (first state), the set value can be confirmed.

Additionally, as mentioned above, a hopper error occurs when a connection abnormality such as a disconnection is detected in the cable (wiring) connected to the hopper, and the first condition for resolving the hopper error is met (in this example , the hopper cable connection error has been resolved), and the second condition for resolving the hopper error is met (in this example, when the reset button is operated or the door is reset). Eliminate.

In the same situation, the reset button was operated after the hopper cable connection error was resolved, so the hopper error was resolved and the mode shifted to setting confirmation mode (a state where the setting values can be confirmed). There is.

In addition, in the same state, since the mode has shifted to the setting confirmation mode (a state in which the setting values can be confirmed), on the liquid crystal display device 157, a setting confirmation notification (in this example , displaying the character string "Confirming settings"), and the storage number display 125 displays the segment corresponding to the number (in this example, 3) indicating the current setting value (in this example, setting 3). lights up.

In addition, the speakers 272 and 277 output a setting confirmation notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "Settings are being confirmed") indicating that the setting values can be confirmed, and the upper lamp 142 and In the side lamp 144, a setting confirmation notification (green lighting in this example) indicating that the setting value can be confirmed is executed.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting confirmation mode, a door open notification (in this example, "door is open") is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157 to indicate that the door is in the open state. At the same time, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, a message "DR" indicating a door open error is displayed). (lighting up the segment corresponding to the string).

According to this example, when a hopper error (a certain error) is resolved in a hopper error state (first state), the setting value can be checked, and if a certain error occurs Since the set values can be checked even in a state where the settings have been made, it is possible to improve the convenience of store staff at game parlors and the like.

<Power on/recurrence of error with setting change in error condition>
The state shown in FIG. 42 (7) is a state in which a hopper error has occurred (recurred) in the setting confirmation mode.

In the same state, since a hopper error has occurred (recurred), the door open notification by the payout number display 127 (for example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR" indicating a door open error) , error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error) is executed with priority.

On the other hand, in the same state, since the settings confirmation mode continues, the LCD device 157 executes (continues) a settings confirmation notification (in this example, displays the character string "Settings confirmation"), and the speaker 272 and 277 to output (continuously) the setting confirmation sound (in this example, the voice saying "Settings are being checked"), and the upper lamp 142 and side lamp 144 to output (continue) the setting confirmation notification sound (in this example, a green light). ) is executed (continued), and at the same time, the segment corresponding to the number (3 in this example) indicating the current setting value (setting 3 in this example) is lit on the storage number display 125.

<Power on/power off with setting changes when an error occurs>
The state shown in FIG. 42(8) is a state in which the setting key is on, a hopper error has occurred, and the power is turned off from on.

In the same state, since power is not supplied to the slot machine 100, the display means (liquid crystal display 157, stored number display 125, payout number display 127, etc.) provides notifications, and the light emitting means (upper lamp 142, side lamp 144, etc.) and sound output means (speakers 277, 278).

<Power on with setting change in error condition/Power on with setting change>
The state shown in FIG. 42 (9) is a state in which the power is turned on while the setting key is turned on from off (a certain operation using the setting key).

In the slot machine 100, in a state where a certain error has occurred (in the second case), after the power is turned off, an operation of turning the setting key from off to on (a certain operation using the setting key) is performed. When the power is turned on in a state where the setting value is changed, the setting value becomes changeable (second state) (setting change is given priority over error notification (setting change priority)).

In this state, since power is being supplied to the slot machine 100, a power-on notification indicating that the power has been turned on (in this example, "Power has been turned on") is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. Display string).

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 display a door open notification (main door open state) indicating that the front door 102 is open. In the example, it flashes in red).

According to this example, when the power is turned on while a certain operation is performed using a setting key in a state where a certain error has occurred, the state changes to the error state (first state) depending on the situation. It is possible to give priority to either the case where the setting changes or the case where the setting is changeable (the second state) over the other, thereby increasing the convenience of the staff at the game parlor.

<Power on/shift to setting change mode with setting change in error condition>
The state shown in FIG. 42 (10) is a state in which the setting value can be changed (second state, setting change mode) without shifting to the hopper error state (first state).

In this state, when the power is turned on accompanied by a setting change in the error occurrence state, the setting change is given priority over the error notification and the setting change mode (second state) is entered. At step 157, a setting change notification is executed to indicate that the setting value can be changed (in this example, the character string "Settings changing" is displayed), and the setting value can be changed from the speakers 272 and 277. A setting change notification sound (in this example, a sound saying "Settings are being changed") is output to indicate that the settings are being changed, and the upper lamp 142 and side lamp 144 indicate that the setting value can be changed. The settings change notification (in this example, flashes in green) is executed.

According to this example, when a certain error occurs (in the second case) in a state where the setting value can be changed, the first notification means (liquid crystal display device 157) indicates that the setting operation is being executed. Therefore, even when an error notification is being executed, it is possible to notify that the setting value can be changed. can be increased.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open in the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification (in this example, "Door is open).

On the other hand, in the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification (for example, a message indicating a door open error). DR" (see Figure 42 (6) etc.), the error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error) is lit. (the lighting of the corresponding segment) is executed with priority.

That is, when the power is turned on accompanied by a setting change in an error occurrence state, the setting change is prioritized over the error notification, and when the setting change mode (second state) is entered, the liquid crystal display device 157 (first notification means ) and one of the payout number display 127 (second notification means) (in this example, the payout number display 127 (second notification means)), a certain error (in this example, a hopper error) Announcements regarding this will be carried out.

On the other hand, in the same state, since the power was turned on with a setting change, the storage number display 125 displays the current setting value without executing an error notification (in this example, all segments are lit). The segment corresponding to the number (3 in this example) indicating setting 3 (in this example, setting 3) is lit.

According to this example, even if the settings can be changed (second state), an error notification can be performed by some notification means (the payout number display 127), so that an error does not occur. It is possible to notify that the error is in a state in which it is possible to resolve the error, thereby increasing the convenience of store staff at the game parlor and the like.

Note that although this example shows an example in which a notification regarding a certain error (hopper error in this example) is made using the payout number display 127 (second notification means), the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a certain error may be displayed using the main board display 190 (see FIG. 8, etc.) instead of (or in addition to) the payout number display 127.

<Power on/change of setting value with setting change in error condition>
The state shown in FIG. 42 (11) is a state in which the reset button is operated in the setting change mode (second state).

In this state, since it is the setting change mode, the setting value is displayed on the storage number display 125, and each time the reset button (or setting switch) is detected to be pressed once, the currently set setting value is changed. It is possible to change the set value by adding and updating each of 1 to 6 by 1, and the set value is determined when a push operation of the start lever 135 is accepted.

In the same state, since the reset button operation was accepted once, the setting value is changed from setting 3 to setting 4, and the updated setting value (in this example, setting 4) is displayed on the storage number display 125. The segment corresponding to the number (4 in this example) indicating the number is lit.

In the same state, since it is the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 notifies you that the settings are being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output the setting change notification sound, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 notify you that the settings are being changed. Execute (continue).

<Power on/exit setting change mode with setting change in error condition>
The state shown in FIG. 43 (12) is when the setting value is fixed, the setting change is completed, and a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off). ), the settings change mode has ended.

In the same state, since the setting change mode has ended, the liquid crystal display 157 notifies you that the setting is being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output the setting change notification sound, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 notify you that the setting is being changed, and the storage The display of the setting value on the sheet number display 125 is ended.

On the other hand, in the same state, since the hopper error has not been resolved, an error notification (second error notification) that can specify the type of error is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. In this example, "Hopper jam error. ”) and an error notification (a third error notification; in this example, a character string “Please call the staff”) is executed, and from the speakers 272 and 277, Outputs an error notification in which it is impossible to specify the type of error (first error notification; in this example, a voice saying "This is an error"), and identifies the type of error at the upper lamp 142 and side lamp 144. An error notification (flashing in red in this example) is executed when the error is not possible.

In the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification (for example, a message indicating a door open error). DR" (see Figure 42 (6) etc.), the error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error) is lit. (the lighting of the corresponding segment) is executed with priority.

<Power on/resolve error with setting change in error condition>
The state shown in FIG. 43 (13) is a state in which the hopper error has been resolved in the hopper error state.

In the error state (first state), the slot machine 100 completes the operation of turning the setting key from off to on (a certain operation using the setting key) before resolving the hopper error (a certain error), and then The game is configured so that when the hopper error (certain error) is resolved, the game becomes possible.

In the same situation, the setting key was removed after being turned from on to off, and the reset button was operated after the hopper cable connection problem was resolved, so the hopper error was resolved. At the same time, the game is becoming playable.

In addition, in the same state, since the front door 102 is open in the state where the game is possible, the liquid crystal display device 157 displays a door open notification (in this example, At the same time, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, a door open error is displayed). (lighting up of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR").

In addition, since the front door 102 is in the open state (door open state), the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 display a door open notification indicating that the front door 102 is in the open state (this example Then, the speaker 272, 277 repeatedly outputs the door open notification sound (in this example, the sound "The door is open") indicating that the door is in the open state. There is.

According to this example, in the error state (first state), before resolving the hopper error (certain error), the operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON (certain operation using the setting key) is completed, and then The system is configured so that when a hopper error (certain error) is resolved, the game becomes possible, so if a certain operation is canceled, the system can be quickly changed to a state where games can be played. This makes it possible to increase the operating rate of the gaming machine.

<Turning on the power/closing the front door with setting changes when an error occurs>
The state shown in FIG. 43 (14) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by an employee of the game parlor or the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display 157 displays a door open alarm, the payout number display 127 displays a door open alarm, the speakers 272 and 277 output a door open alarm sound, and the upper The door open notification by the lamp 142 and side lamp 144 has ended.

In addition, in the same state, since the state has shifted to a state where games can be played, a demonstration effect is executed on the liquid crystal display device 157, a demo BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 A demo performance is being performed.

<Power on/normal game with setting change in error condition>
The state shown in FIG. 43 (15) is a state in which a specified number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration performance shown in FIG. 43 (14) and the normal game has started.

In the same state, the regular game has started because the specified number (in this example, three) of medals have been inserted in the demonstration performance (a state where games are possible), and the demo performance is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. After finishing, the normal performance is executed, and the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 instead of the demo performance BGM, and the demo performance is ended and the normal performance is executed at the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. .

<Modified example of error notification in error occurrence state>
Next, a modification of error notification in an error occurrence state will be described using FIG. 44. FIG. 44 is a diagram illustrating a modified example of error notification in a time-series manner in an error occurrence state.

<Modified example of error notification in error occurrence state/error occurrence>
The state shown in FIG. 44(1) is a state in which a hopper jam error (hopper error) occurs during reel rotation in a normal game.

In this example, a hopper error has occurred, but since normal gaming is in progress, the liquid crystal display device 157 executes (continues) the normal effect, and the speakers 272 and 277 output (continue) the normal effect BGM. ), and the normal effect is executed (continued) in the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144.

On the other hand, in the same state, since a hopper error has occurred, an error notification is displayed on the payout number display 127 to notify that an error has occurred (in this example, the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error is displayed). (corresponding segment lights up) is running.

<Modified example of error notification in error occurrence state/Reel stop after error occurrence>
The state shown in FIG. 44(2) is a state in which the reels 110 to 112 are stopped after the error shown in FIG. 44(1) occurs.

In the same state, since the reels 110 to 112 have been stopped, an error notification (in this example, all segment), but the normal game can be continued.

<Modified example of error notification in error occurrence state/Next game after the game at the time of error occurrence>
The state shown in FIG. 44(3) is a state in which the game following the game at the time of the error occurrence shown in FIG. 44(1) is being played.

This state is a state in which the hopper error continues, but since the game in question is a game that does not meet the error notification start conditions in the normal game (in this example, a game in which the player wins without paying out), Continue the normal game, execute (continue) the normal effect on the liquid crystal display device 157, output (continue) the normal effect BGM from the speakers 272 and 277, and execute the normal effect on the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. (continuing.

<Modified example of error notification in error occurrence state/Further next game>
The state shown in FIG. 44 (4) is a state in which a game following the game shown in FIG. 44 (3) is being played.

This state is a state in which the hopper error continues, but the game in question is a game that satisfies the error notification start condition in a normal game (in this example, a game in which a small winning combination (bell) with a payout is won) Therefore, the error notification is executed at the timing when the reels stop (when the payout occurs).

Note that the timing of the error notification is not limited to the timing of stopping the reels, and may be, for example, the timing of internally winning a winning combination with a payout, the timing of receiving the first stopping operation or the second stopping operation, etc.

<Modified example of error notification in error occurrence state/reel stop>
The state shown in FIG. 44 (5) is a state in which the reels 110 to 112 are stopped in the game in which a payout occurs first after an error occurs, as shown in FIG. 44 (4).

In the same state, an error notification is performed when the reels 110 to 112 stop, so instead of the normal performance, an error notification (second error notification) that can specify the type of error is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. .In this example, the string "Hopper jam error" is displayed), and the error notification prompting the user to resolve the error (third error notification; in this example, the string "Please call the staff" is displayed). The upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 perform an error notification (flashing in red in this example) that makes it impossible to specify the type of error instead of the normal effect.

In addition, in the same state, when the reels 110 to 112 stop, an error notification is displayed on the storage number display 125 to notify that an error has occurred instead of a number indicating the current number of credits (in this example, all (lights up the segment), and executes (continues) error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, lights up the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error). .

According to this example, since there is a possibility that there is no clerk or the like near the player during the game, both the first notification means (liquid crystal display device 157) and the second notification means (payout number display 127) By notifying the store about the error, it is possible to reliably notify store staff, etc. of the occurrence of the error, and it is possible to quickly deal with the error.

In addition, in this example, as a game that satisfies the error notification start condition in a normal game, "a game in which a winning combination with a payout is won" is taken as an example, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, "a game in which a player wins Game that is advantageous (for example, bonus, RT), "gaming that is advantageous for players (eg, bonus, RT)", "gaming games that have occurred", and the number of gaming specified in advance from the game where the error occurred. It may be a game for which the game time has elapsed.

<Resolving errors while changing settings>
Next, with reference to FIG. 45, a description will be given of the effect of resolving an error during setting change. FIG. 45 is a diagram illustrating an example of an effect for resolving an error during a setting change.

Note that the state shown in FIG. 45 (10) is the same as the state of <transition to setting change mode> explained using FIG. 42 (10), and the state before the state shown in FIG. 41(1) to (5) in the same figure, and the states explained using FIGS. 42(6) to (9), so the explanation thereof will be omitted.

<Resolving errors while changing settings/resolving connection errors>
The state shown in FIG. 45 (11) is a state in which the first condition for resolving the hopper error is satisfied (in this example, the hopper cable connection abnormality has been resolved) in the setting change mode and the hopper error state. .

The slot machine according to this example is configured to be able to resolve errors even in a setting change mode (a state in which setting values can be changed).

In the same state, the first condition for resolving the hopper error is met (in this example, the hopper cable connection error has been resolved), but the second condition is not met (in this example, the reset button is not being operated), the settings change mode continues.

In the same state, the front door 102 is open, but since the hopper error has not been resolved, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification (for example, a message indicating a door open error). Priority is given to the error notification by the payout number display 127 (in this example, the lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "HJ" indicating a hopper error) is given priority over the lighting of the segment corresponding to the character string "DR". and execute it.

In the same state, since it is the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 notifies you that the settings are being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output the setting change notification sound, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 notify you that the settings are being changed. Execute (continue).

<Resolving errors while changing settings/operating the reset button>
In the state shown in FIG. 45 (12), after the first condition for resolving the hopper error shown in FIG. is operated).

In the same state, in the setting change mode, one operation with the reset button is accepted, so the setting value is changed from setting 3 to setting 4, and the updated setting value (in this example) is changed from setting 3 to setting 4. In this case, the segment corresponding to the number (4 in this example) indicating setting 4) is lit.

In addition, in the same state, since the second condition for resolving the hopper error was simultaneously met (in this example, the reset button was operated), the door body was displayed instead of the error notification on the payout number display 127. A door open notification indicating that the door is in the open state (in this example, a segment corresponding to the character string "DR" indicating a door opening error is lit) is executed.

In the same state, since it is the setting change mode, the liquid crystal display device 157 notifies you that the settings are being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output the setting change notification sound, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 notify you that the settings are being changed. Execute (continue).

According to this example, it is possible to resolve the error even in the state where settings can be changed (second state), so after completing the setting change work, the state can be quickly returned to the state where games can be played. This makes it possible to increase the operating rate of the gaming machine.

<Resolving errors while changing settings/Exiting setting change mode>
The state shown in FIG. 45 (13) is when the setting value is fixed, the setting change is completed, and a certain operation using the setting key is canceled (the setting key is removed after the setting key is turned from on to off). ), the settings change mode has ended.

In the same state, since the setting change mode has ended, the liquid crystal display 157 notifies you that the settings are being changed, the speakers 272 and 277 output the setting change notification sound, the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 notify you that the setting is being changed, and the storage While the display of the set value by the number of credits display 125 ends, the segment corresponding to the number (0 in this example) indicating the current number of credits is lit using the stored number of credits display 125.

In addition, since the front door 102 is in the open state in the same state, the LCD display 157 displays a door open notification (in this example, "Door is open") indicating that the door body is in the open state. At the same time, the payout number display 127 displays a door open notification indicating that the door is open (in this example, the characters "DR" indicating a door open error) are executed. (lighting of the segment corresponding to the column).

Furthermore, in this state, since the setting change mode has ended, the speakers 272 and 277 emit a setting change completion notification sound (in this example, a sound indicating "setting change complete") indicating that the setting value change has been completed. Since the front door 102 is in the open state, the speakers 272 and 277 output the door open notification sound (in this example, the door is open) indicating that the door body is in the open state. ” is output repeatedly.

<Resolving the error while changing settings/Closing the front door>
The state shown in FIG. 45 (14) is a state in which the front door 102 is closed by a clerk at the game parlor or the like.

In this state, since the front door 102 is closed, the liquid crystal display 157 displays a door open alarm, the payout number display 127 displays a door open alarm, the speakers 272 and 277 output a door open alarm sound, and the upper The door open notification by the lamp 142 and side lamp 144 has ended.

In addition, in the same state, since the state has shifted to a state where games can be played, a demonstration effect is executed on the liquid crystal display device 157, a demo BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277, and the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144 A demo performance is being performed.

<Error resolution while changing settings/Normal game>
The state shown in FIG. 45 (15) is a state in which a specified number of medals have been inserted during the demonstration performance shown in FIG. 45 (14) and the normal game has started.

In the same state, the regular game has started because a specified number (in this example, three) of medals have been inserted in the demonstration performance (a state in which games are possible), and the demo performance is displayed on the liquid crystal display device 157. After the demo performance is finished, the normal performance is executed, and the normal performance BGM is output from the speakers 272 and 277 instead of the demo performance BGM, and the demo performance is ended and the normal performance is executed at the upper lamp 142 and the side lamp 144. .

<Summary of the claimed invention>
As explained above, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1) is capable of setting one of a plurality of setting values (for example, setting 1 to setting 6). In a game machine equipped with a setting means, in a state where a certain error (for example, a hopper error) has occurred, there are at least a first case and a second case, and in the first case, the power supply is turned off. If the power is turned on after a certain operation is performed using the setting key (for example, a setting change operation of changing the setting key from OFF to ON as shown in Figure 41 (4)), an error will occur. state (hereinafter referred to as the "first state"; for example, the error state shown in FIG. 41(5)), and in the second case, after the power is turned off, the certain operation (for example, the 42(9), when the power is turned on with the setting change operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON), the setting value is in a state where the setting value can be changed (hereinafter referred to as the "second state"). For example, this is a gaming machine characterized by being in a setting change mode shown in FIGS. 42 (10) to (11).

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, when the power is turned on while a certain operation is performed using a setting key in a state where a certain error has occurred, the error state ( It is possible to give priority to one of the first state (first state) and the second state where settings can be changed (second state), thereby increasing convenience for game parlor staff and the like.

Further, when the certain error is resolved in the first state, a state in which the setting value can be confirmed (for example, a setting confirmation mode shown in FIGS. 42 (6) to (7)) is obtained. Good too.

With such a configuration, even if an error occurs, the set values can be confirmed by resolving the error, which increases convenience for game store staff, etc. .

Note that the "second case" according to the present invention is not limited to "a case where the certain error occurs in a state where the setting value can be confirmed", but also "a case where setting change is given priority over error notification". , "When the power is restored in an error state and the error is resolved", etc.

Furthermore, the second case refers to a case where the certain error occurs in a state where the setting value can be confirmed (for example, a state where an error occurs in the setting confirmation mode shown in FIG. 42 (7)). and includes an operation means (for example, a reset button), the operation means is an operation means that functions as a part of the operation for changing the setting value, and the operation means is an operation means for eliminating the certain error. is an operating means that functions as a part of the operating means, and is capable of resolving the certain error before confirming the change of the set value in the second state, and in the second state, the operating means functions as a part of the operating means. When the certain error is resolved by the operation of , the set value is changed by the operation of the operating means (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 45 (12), the set value is changed from setting 3 to 4).

With this configuration, it is possible to resolve the error even when the settings can be changed (second state), so after the setting change is completed, the game can be played again. It becomes possible to make the transition quickly, and the operating rate of the game machine can be increased.

Further, in the first state, if the certain operation is finished before the certain error is solved, and the certain error is then solved, the game becomes possible (for example, in the case shown in FIG. 43). In the examples shown in (12) to (15), if the hopper error is resolved after the setting key is reset, the game returns to the normal game.

With such a configuration, when a certain operation is canceled, it becomes possible to quickly shift to a state where a game can be played, and it is possible to increase the operating rate of the game machine.

In addition, the first case includes a first notification means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157) and a second notification means (for example, a payout number display 127, a main board display 190), and in the first case, When notification regarding the certain error is executed by both the first notification means and the second notification means (for example, when the liquid crystal display device 157 and the payout number display 127 shown in FIG. 41(5) The second case refers to a state in which both the first notification means and the second notification means execute the notification regarding the certain error. may be executed (for example, a state where notification regarding a hopper error is executed only by the payout number display 127 as shown in FIG. 42(10)).

With such a configuration, even if the settings can be changed (the second state), an error notification can be made using some notification means, so even if the setting is in a state where an error has occurred, It is possible to notify that the error is in a state where it can be resolved, and it is possible to improve the convenience of store staff at game parlors and the like.

Note that the "first case" according to the present invention is not limited to "a case where notification regarding the certain error is executed by both the first notification means and the second notification means", but also includes " This may be the case where error notification is prioritized over setting changes.

Furthermore, the gaming machine according to the present embodiment (for example, the slot machine 100 shown in FIG. 1) includes a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values (for example, setting 1 to setting 6); A game machine comprising a plurality of notifying means capable of giving a notification regarding a certain error, the plurality of notifying means including a first notifying means (for example, a liquid crystal display device 157) and a second notifying means. (for example, the payout number display 127, the main board display 190), and when the certain error occurs during the game (hereinafter referred to as the "first case"), the first notification means Notification regarding the certain error is executed by both the second notification means (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 41(5), notification regarding the hopper error is executed by both the liquid crystal display device 157 and the payout number display 127) ), when the certain error occurs in a state where the setting value can be changed or confirmed (hereinafter referred to as the "second case"), the first notification means and the second notification The notification regarding the certain error is executed only by the second notification means among the means (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 42 (10), the notification regarding the hopper error is executed only by the payout number display 127). This game machine is characterized by:

According to the game machine according to the present embodiment, since there is a possibility that there is no store clerk or the like near the player during the game, it is possible to perform error notification using both the first notification means and the second notification means. In this way, it is possible to reliably notify store staff, etc. of the occurrence of an error, and it is possible to promptly deal with the error. In addition, even if a setting operation that allows setting values to be changed or confirmed is being performed, an error notification can be performed using some notification methods, so it is possible to resolve an error even if an error has occurred. It is possible to notify the user of the current situation, and it is possible to improve the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

Further, in the second case, the first notification means performs notification that the setting value can be changed or confirmed (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 42 (10), the In the display device 157, a setting change notification may be executed.

With this configuration, even when an error notification is being executed, it is possible to notify that the setting value can be changed or confirmed, which increases the convenience of employees at game parlors, etc. can be increased.

Further, the sound output means (for example, speakers 272, 277) is provided, and the sound output means outputs a sound related to the certain error in the first case (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 41(5), , outputs an error notification sound from the speakers 272, 277), and the sound output means outputs a sound related to changing or confirming the setting value in the second case (for example, the example shown in FIG. 42 (10) In this case, the setting change notification sound may be output from the speakers 272 and 277).

With such a configuration, it is possible to reliably notify a store clerk or the like of the occurrence of an error, and it is possible to promptly deal with the error.

Further, in the first case, after the power is turned off, a certain operation using the setting key (for example, a setting change operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON as shown in FIG. 41 (4)) is performed. If the power is turned on in a state where the setting value is not changeable, the notification regarding the certain error (for example, the error notification shown in FIG. 41(5)) is executed again, and the setting value is not changed. In the second case, after the power is turned off, the power is turned off while the certain operation (for example, the setting change operation of turning the setting key from OFF to ON as shown in FIG. 42 (9)) is performed. When turned on, the setting value may be changed to a state (eg, setting change mode shown in FIGS. 42(10) to (11)).

With such a configuration, when a certain error occurs during a game and the power is turned on after a certain operation is performed using the setting key, an error notification will be sent depending on the situation. It is possible to give priority to either the case where the setting is changed or the case where the setting change is possible over the other, thereby increasing the convenience of the store staff at the game parlor.

In addition, in the first case, when the certain error is resolved, the setting value can be confirmed (for example, the setting confirmation mode shown in FIGS. 42 (6) to (7)), and the second In this case, when the change of the setting value is completed, both the first notification means and the second notification means execute notification regarding the certain error (for example, in the example shown in FIG. 43 (12), It is also possible to provide notification regarding the hopper error on both the liquid crystal display device 157 and the payout number display 127.

With such a configuration, even if an error occurs, the set values can be confirmed by resolving the error, which increases convenience for game store staff, etc. . In addition, by notifying the error using both the first notification means and the second notification means after the setting value change is completed, it is possible to reliably notify store staff, etc. of the occurrence of an error, and to prevent the error from occurring. Measures can be taken reliably.

Further, the main control section, the first sub-control section, and the second sub-control section may be configured in one chip, or the main control section and the first sub-control section may be configured to enable bidirectional communication. good. Moreover, while bidirectional communication is possible between the main control section and the first sub-control section, communication from the first sub-control section to the second sub-control section may be unidirectional communication.

Further, the game machine according to the present invention can also be applied to a new slot machine (managed game machine) that does not use real medals or an enclosed game machine. Here, the "enclosed game machine" is a game machine in which balls enclosed within the game machine are reused.

<Game machine (modified example)>
Next, the basic configuration of a slot machine 1100 and the basic configuration of a lending machine 1700 according to a modified example will be explained using FIG. FIG. 46 is an external perspective view of a slot machine 1100 and a lending machine 1700 according to a modification as viewed from the front side (player side).

Note that in order to avoid redundant explanations, only the configurations that are different from the slot machine 100 explained using FIG. 1 will be explained here.

The game medal number display device 1170 is a 5-digit 7-segment (SEG) display, and is a device that displays the number of game medals recorded in the medal number control section 1350 shown in FIG. 47.

The count button 1171 is an operation means for transmitting information on the number of game medals recorded in the medal number control section 1350 shown in FIG. 47 to the lending machine 1700.

The lending machine 1700 shown in FIG. 46 is sometimes referred to as a card unit, and corresponds to an example of the game medium management device of the present invention. This rental machine 700 is installed in a one-to-one relationship with the slot machine 100.

Rental machine 1700 accepts cards. There are two types of "cards" here. One is a visitor card (also referred to as a general card) with a prepaid function, which is a gaming storage medium issued to general players who have not registered as members. The other type is a membership card, which is a gaming storage medium issued to a member player who has registered as a member at a gaming parlor. An IC card is used as the card.

A value is stored in the card. The value stored on the card includes the "number of medals held" and the "monetary balance" which is the balance of prepaid money. The lending machine 1700 that accepted the card has a function of converting the "number of medals held" stored on the card into the "number of game medals (number of credits)".

The "number of game medals (number of credits)" is data that can be used to set the number of bets and can be converted into the "number of medals held." The "number of game medals" can be obtained by withdrawing the "money balance" or "number of medals held" from the card. Furthermore, the "number of game medals" includes the number of medals obtained by winning. This "number of game medals" is managed by the number of medals control unit 1350 shown in FIG. 19, and is the number of electronic medals (amount of electronic game value) stored electromagnetically. By performing the insertion operation using the bet buttons 130 and 132, the "number of game medals" is subtracted.

The "number of medals held" is a value obtained by converting the "number of game medals (number of credits)". This "number of medals held" is memorized so that it can be specified by the player's card. That is, by operating the counting button 1171, the "number of game medals" is converted into the "number of medals held", which can be stored on the card. Note that the "number of medals held" may be managed by a management device for managing the number of medals installed in the gaming hall.

The front side of the lending machine 1700 is provided with a bill insertion slot 1701 for inserting bills upward and a card insertion slot 1702 for inserting a card below. A member card or visitor card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702 is accepted by a card reader/writer, and the information stored on the card is read. The authenticity and type of banknotes inserted into the banknote insertion slot 1701 are identified, and the face value of the banknote is stored in the card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702 as a "monetary balance."

An information display 1703 is provided below the banknote insertion slot 1701. The information display 1703 is a display for providing operation guidance for the lending machine 1700, the status of the slot machine 1100, etc. in the form of text or images. Note that the surface may be configured as a touch panel, and various operations may be input by touching various displayed display items with a finger.
@
Below the information display 1703, a money balance display 1705 and a medal balance display 1706 are arranged in two levels, upper and lower. The monetary balance display 1705 displays the "monetary balance" stored in the card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702 as an amount. On the other hand, the "number of medals held" stored in the card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702 is displayed on the medal number balance display 1706 as the number of medals.
@
A lending button 1707 and a card return button 1708 are provided in the vertical center of the lending machine 1700. The lending button 1707 is an operation means for performing an operation to obtain the "number of game medals" by withdrawing the "monetary balance" stored in the card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702. Specifically, if the card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702 has a "monetary balance", the LED lamp built into the lending button 1707 lights up in a manner indicating that withdrawal is possible. By operating the lending button 1707 in this state, the "number of game medals" is added according to the amount of money withdrawn.

For example, the "number of game medals" equivalent to 1000 yen is added as the predetermined amount. Further, if the "monetary balance" of the card is less than a predetermined amount (for example, less than 1000 yen), only the "number of game medals" converted from the current balance at a predetermined rate is added. Furthermore, even if the "monetary balance" of the card is less than the predetermined amount, the "number of game medals" for the predetermined amount can be added by replenishing it from the "number of medals you have" stored on the card. good.

The card return button 1708 is operated by the player when finishing the game, and is an operation means for storing the "number of medals held" determined at the end of the game on the card inserted in the card insertion slot 1702 and ejecting the card. It is. The "number of medals you have" determined at the end of the game is calculated by subtracting the number of medals converted to "number of game medals" from the "number of medals you have" stored in the card inserted into the card insertion slot 1702. The number of medals is the sum of the number of game medals counted by the operation.
@
The data of "money balance", "number of medals held", and "number of game medals" explained above are arranged in the following order: "money balance" and "number of medals held" → "number of game medals" → "number of medals held" It will be converted. In this way, the "number of medals held" specified by the card is converted into the "number of game medals", and in the slot machine 1100 of this example, the number of bets can be set using the "number of game medals". This may confuse players who are accustomed to playing traditional slot machines, where you are lent real medals, insert the real medals to secure credits, and use those credits to set the number of bets. It is possible to provide a game using a new slot machine (managed gaming machine) that does not use real medals.

Note that although the "number of stored medals" is not mentioned in this specification, the "number of stored medals" is the number of medals that are not stored in the card but deposited at the gaming parlor. At the gaming parlor, the number of medals a player has earned while playing games is managed as "points earned" on the day of the game using a hall management terminal or other management computer, and as "number of accumulated medals" from the next day onwards. You can do it like this. If both the "number of stored medals" and the "number of medals held" are stored, the "number of medals held" is preferentially debited. Further, both the "number of medals held" and the "number of stored medals" may be stored in the host server in association with the card number. In the case of a visitor card, the "number of medals held" is directly stored in the visitor card, but the "number of medals held" may be stored in the host server in correspondence with the card number.

When storing the card number in correspondence with the card number in the host server, data that can identify the time stored in the host server may be written on the card (membership card, visitor card) and discharged. In addition, the "monetary balance" is written directly on the card (membership card, visitor card) and discharged. The timing at which the "number of medals held" is stored in the card (membership card, visitor card) or host server is, for example, the timing at which the counting button 1171 is operated and counting processing is performed. However, instead of this, the information may be stored all at once when the card is returned. Furthermore, when the player returns the card from the lending machine 1700 after finishing the game, the "number of medals held" stored in the lending machine 1700 is temporarily changed to the stored medals and the card is transferred to the hall management end or another lending machine 1700. When inserted, only the "number of medals you have" for the day that was once stored as stored medals is stored again in the lending machine 700, and you can play by adding the "number of game medals" within the range of the "number of medals you have". You can do it like this.

<Control unit>
Next, the circuit configuration of the control section of the slot machine 1100 according to the modified example will be described in detail using FIG. 47. FIG. 47 shows a circuit block diagram of a control section of a slot machine 1100 according to a modification.

In order to avoid redundant explanation, only the configuration different from the control section of the slot machine 100 explained using FIG. 3 (mainly the configuration belonging to the rectangular area indicated by the symbol A in FIG. 47) will be explained here. That's it.

The main control unit 300 includes a game control unit 302 that controls the progress of the game, and a medal number control unit 1350 that controls the number of game medals owned by the player. The game control section 302 corresponds to an example of a game control means, and the medal number control section 1350 corresponds to an example of a game value number control means.

Like the game control unit 302, the medal number control unit 1350 also includes a CPU 1354, a ROM 1356, a RAM 1358, an I/O 1360 for controlling input/output of various devices, and a counter for measuring time, number of times, etc. It is equipped with a timer 1362.

Connected to the basic circuit of the medal number control section 1350 are a game medal number display device 1170 composed of a 5-digit 7-segment (SEG) display, a counting button 1171, and a game medal number clear button 1172.

Further, the lending machine 1700 is also connected to the basic circuit of the medal number control unit 1350 via a lending machine connecting terminal board 1790. The medal number control unit 1350 performs bidirectional communication with the lending machine 1700.

The medal number control section 1350 transmits various commands to the game control section 302. Further, the game control section 302 also transmits various commands to the medal number control section 1350. That is, the communication between the medal number control section 1350 and the game control section 302 is also bidirectional communication.
@
Further, the medal number control unit 1350 stores the “game medal number” in a predetermined area of the RAM 1358. Specifically, the "number of game medals" is stored in the credit counter. The medal number control unit 350 updates the "number of game medals" stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 1358 by addition processing or subtraction processing. The addition process includes a process based on a payout command sent from the game control unit 302, a process based on a settlement command sent from the game control unit 302, and a process based on a lending notice sent from the lending machine 1700. can be given. On the other hand, examples of the subtraction processing include counting processing based on the operation of the counting button 1171 and processing based on the input command transmitted from the game control section 302.

Note that the game medal number clear button 1172 shown in FIG. This is an operation means for clearing the "number of game medals" stored in the .

For example, if a player leaves the game with ``2'' remaining in the number of game medals, it becomes difficult to judge whether the player who left ``2'' intends to continue playing or not, and another player Although the game cannot be started, if the number of game medals can be cleared by the operation of the clerk, another player can be welcomed early. Note that when the number of game medals clear button 1172 is operated, the "number of game medals" is not necessarily cleared; for example, it is cleared when the number of game medals is 2 or less, and when it is 3 or more. , counting may be performed in the same way as when the counting button 1171 is operated. If the counting button 1171 has a malfunction or the like and cannot recognize that the counting button 1171 has been operated, there is a risk that the "number of game medals" cannot be converted into the "number of medals held", resulting in a disadvantage to the player. However, if counting can be performed by the store clerk's operation, the player will not be disadvantaged.

Furthermore, since there is no need to newly provide a counting button for the clerk, there is no increase in costs. Note that clearing and counting may not be separated by determining the number of game medals, but may be separated into clearing and counting depending on how the number of game medals clear button 1172 is operated. For example, if the button is pressed for a short time, it is cleared, and if the button is pressed for a long time, it is counted. Either clearing or counting can be easily selected regardless of the number of game medals. Further, when only the number of game medals clear button 1172 is operated, the count is cleared, and when the number of game medals clear button 1172 and other buttons are operated at the same time, it is counted. The possibility of making a mistake in operation is low, and it is easy to select between clearing and counting.

In the slot machine 1100 according to the modified example, when MY (the number of gaming values acquired from the lowest point) reaches a predetermined number (for example, 19000), the complete function is activated and the game is stopped. Note that if the complete function is activated during AT, the game may be stopped immediately or may be ended after the AT ends.

Furthermore, when the complete function is activated, it can be reset by turning on the power or changing the settings, but since it is undesirable to turn off the power during business hours of the gaming parlor, the complete function is essentially suspended.

In addition, if you become extremely addicted to a particular game machine (for example, if you leave the settings unchanged and play over multiple days), the upper limit of the complete function may be activated in the negative range of the difference in the number of coins. In addition, the game value display means allows medals acquired at other gaming machines to be loaned and inserted into the current gaming machine, but in that case, before the upper limit of the number of differential medals (for example, 2400) is reached. In some cases, the upper limit of the gaming value display means may be reached.

Errors that may occur in the slot machine 1100 according to this example include counting errors, unit connection errors (connection errors with the lending machine 1700), and the present invention also covers errors that may occur in these managed gaming machines. It is included in such "certain error".

A counting error is an error related to the counting process or a display error related to the gaming value display means. For example, if the displayed credits exceed the upper limit of 16,369 pieces of the gaming value display means, the system prompts for counting using the counting button 1171. Execute error notification for this purpose.

The functions and effects described in the embodiments of the present invention are merely a list of the most preferable functions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the functions and effects according to the present invention are not described in the embodiments of the present invention. It is not limited to what has been done. Furthermore, by applying the content described in one of the plurality of configurations described in the embodiment to another configuration, the range of games may be further expanded.

The game machine according to the present invention can be applied to a game machine represented by a pinball game machine (pachinko machine), a reel game machine (slot machine), an enclosed game machine, or a medalless slot machine. can.

100 Slot machine 110-112 Reel 113 Symbol display window 130-132 Bet button 135 Start lever 137-139 Stop button 157 Liquid crystal display device

A gaming machine according to the present invention is a gaming machine that includes an operating means and a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values , and is provided with a state in which a certain error has occurred ( (hereinafter referred to as the "third state") , there may be at least the first case and the second case , and the first case means that the power is turned off in the third state. Later, when the power is turned on while a certain operation is performed using the setting key, the third state is entered, and the second case refers to the case where the third state is turned on. When the power is turned on after the power is turned off and the certain operation is performed, the setting value becomes changeable (hereinafter referred to as the "second state"). The operation means is an operation means that functions as a part of the operation to change the setting value, and the operation means is an operation means that functions as a part of the operation to eliminate the certain error. means, in the second state, it is possible to eliminate the certain error before confirming the change of the setting value, and in the second state, the certain error can be resolved by operating the operating means. The game machine is characterized in that the set value is changed as the problem is resolved .

Claims (5)

A game machine equipped with a setting means that can set one of a plurality of setting values,
In a state where a certain error occurs, there are at least the first case and the second case,
In the first case, if the power is turned on after a certain operation is performed using a setting key after the power is turned off, an error state (hereinafter referred to as the "first state") will occur. ,
In the second case, if the power is turned on with the certain operation performed after the power is turned off, the setting value is in a state where the setting value can be changed (hereinafter referred to as the "second state"). ).
A game machine characterized by: The game machine according to claim 1,
When the certain error is resolved in the first state, the set value becomes available for confirmation;
A game machine characterized by: The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2,
The second case is a case where the certain error occurs in a state where the setting value can be confirmed,
Equipped with operating means,
The operating means is an operating means that functions as part of an operation for changing the setting value,
The operating means is an operating means that functions as part of an operation to eliminate the certain error,
In the second state, it is possible to eliminate the certain error before confirming the change in the setting value,
In the second state, when the certain error is resolved by operating the operating means, the setting value is changed by operating the operating means.
A game machine characterized by: The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2,
In the first state, if the certain operation is completed before the certain error is resolved, and the certain error is subsequently resolved, the game becomes possible.
A game machine characterized by: The gaming machine according to claim 1 or 2,
A first notification means,
a second notification means;
Equipped with
The first case is a case where notification regarding the certain error is executed by both the first notification means and the second notification means,
The second case is a case where notification regarding the certain error is being executed by one of the first notification means and the second notification means.
A game machine characterized by: